You are on page 1of 172

Technical Data Sheet

Approved 37942;37943;51366 1 37942 zinc epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1

Barrier 80 S

Product description
This is a two component ceramically reinforced polyamide cured zinc rich epoxy coating. It is a fast drying, high
solids, high zinc dust containing product. It conforms to the compositional requirements of SSPC paint 20, level
2 and ISO 12944-5. It provides very good corrosion protection as part of a complete coating system. To be used
as primer in atmospheric environments. Suitable for carbon steel, repair of inorganic zinc silicate coating and
damaged galvanised steel substrates. This product complies with ASTM D520 type II zinc dust.

Typical use
Protective:
Suitable for structural steel and piping exposed in corrosivity categories up to CX (ISO 12944-2). Recommended
for offshore environments, refineries, power plants, bridges, buildings, mining equipment and general structural
steel. Specially designed as a primer for coating systems where extended durability is required.
Other

Approvals and certificates


Tested in accordance with ISO 12944-6, high expected durability in corrosivity category C5H and C5VH.

Pre-qualification testing in accordance with NORSOK M-501, Rev. 5, System 1, suitable for exterior exposure in
offshore environment, below 120 °C.
Additional certificates and approvals may be available on request.

Colours
grey

Product data
Property Test/Standard Description

Solids by volume ISO 3233 67 ± 2 %


Gloss level (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 matt (0-35)
Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 25 °C
Density calculated 2.3 kg/l
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (theoretical) 307 g/l
VOC-China GB/T 23985-2009 (tested) 282 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (tested) 281 g/l
(Max. thinning ratio included)

The provided data is typical for factory produced products, subject to slight variation depending on colour.
Gloss description: According to Jotun Performance Coatings' definition.

Date of issue: 7 July 2023 Page: 1/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Barrier 80 S

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 60 - 100 μm


Wet film thickness 90 - 150 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 11.1 - 6.7 m²/l

This product can be applied up to 50 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical
properties.

Surface preparation

Surface preparation summary table

Surface preparation

Substrate Minimum Recommended

Carbon steel St 3 (ISO 8501-1) Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1)

Shop primed steel Clean, dry and undamaged approved Sweep blasted or alternatively blasted
shop primer (ISO 12944-4 5.4) to Sa 2 (ISO 8501-1) of at least 70 %
of the surface.

Application
Application methods
The product can be applied by

Spray: Use airless spray.


Brush: Recommended for stripe coating and small areas. Care must be taken to achieve the
specified dry film thickness.

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Barrier 80 S Comp A 6 part(s)


Barrier 80 S Comp B 1 part(s)

Date of issue: 7 July 2023 Page: 2/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Barrier 80 S

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 17 / Jotun Thinner No. 69

Jotun Thinner No. 17: for fast evaporation


Jotun Thinner No. 69: for slow evaporation, max 10%

It is recommended to use Jotun Thinner No. 69 when the air temperature is >30ºC.
If the relative humidity is <30%, it is recommended to use Jotun Thinner No. 69 when the air temperature
>25ºC.

Guiding data for airless spray


Nozzle tip (inch/1000): 15-21

Pressure at nozzle (minimum): 150 bar/2100 psi

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature -5 °C 0 °C 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 1h 45 min 30 min 20 min 8 min 4 min


Walk-on-dry 16 h 8h 4h 3h 2h 40 min
Dry to over coat, minimum 16 h 8h 4h 3h 2h 40 min
Dried/cured for service 21 d 14 d 10 d 7d 5d 3d

For maximum overcoating intervals, refer to the Application Guide (AG) for this product.

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Induction time and Pot life


Paint temperature 23 °C

Pot life 6h

Date of issue: 7 July 2023 Page: 3/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Barrier 80 S

Heat resistance
Temperature
Continuous Peak

Dry, atmospheric 120 °C 140 °C

Peak temperature duration max. 1 hour.


The temperatures listed relate to retention of protective properties. Aesthetic properties may suffer at these
temperatures.

Product compatibility
Depending on the actual exposure of the coating system, various primers and topcoats can be used in
combination with this product. Some examples are shown below. Contact Jotun for specific system
recommendation.

Previous coat: inorganic zinc shop primer


Subsequent coat: epoxy, epoxy mastic, polyurethane

Packaging (typical)
Volume Size of containers
(litres) (litres)

Barrier 80 S Comp A 7.5 10


Barrier 80 S Comp B 1.25 3

The volume stated is for factory made colours. Note that local variants in pack size and filled volumes can vary
due to local regulations.

Storage
The product must be stored in accordance with national regulations. Keep the containers in a dry, cool, well
ventilated space and away from sources of heat and ignition. Containers must be kept tightly closed. Handle
with care.

Shelf life at 23 °C
Barrier 80 S Comp A 24 month(s)
Barrier 80 S Comp B 24 month(s)

In some markets commercial shelf life can be dictated shorter by local legislation. The above is minimum shelf
life, thereafter the paint quality is subject to re-inspection.

Date of issue: 7 July 2023 Page: 4/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Barrier 80 S

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Colour variation
When applicable, products primarily meant for use as primers or antifoulings may have slight colour variations
from batch to batch. Such products and epoxy based products used as a finish coat may chalk when exposed to
sunlight and weathering.

Colour and gloss retention on topcoats/finish coats may vary depending on type of colour, exposure
environment such as temperature, UV intensity etc., application quality and generic type of paint. Contact your
local Jotun office for further information.

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 7 July 2023 Page: 5/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

Approved 37942;37943 1 37942 zinc epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1

Barrier 80 S

Product description
This is a two component ceramically reinforced polyamide cured zinc rich epoxy coating. It is a fast drying, high
solids, high zinc dust containing product. It conforms to the compositional requirements of SSPC paint 20, level
2 and ISO 12944-5. It provides very good corrosion protection as part of a complete coating system. To be used
as primer in atmospheric environments. Suitable for carbon steel, repair of inorganic zinc silicate coating and
damaged galvanised steel substrates. This product complies with ASTM D520 type II zinc dust.

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist with efficient and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent.
Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh water.
Paint solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for painting due
to the risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat small localized
areas of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are turned and
replaced often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water.
When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Process sequence

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all welding, degreasing, removal of
sharp edges, weld spatter and treatment of welds is complete. It is important that all hot work is completed
before coating commences.

Soluble salts removal


Soluble salts have a negative impact on the coating systems performance, especially when immersed. Jotun's
general recommendations for maximum soluble salts (sampled and measured as per ISO 8502-6 and -9)
content on a surface are:
For areas exposed to (ISO 12944-2):
C1-C4: 200 mg/m²
C5: 100 mg/m²

Date of issue: 30 June 2021 Page: 1/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80 S

Carbon steel
Initial rust grade

The steel shall preferably be Rust Grade A or B (ISO 8501-1). It is technically possible to apply the coating to
rust grades C and D, but it is practically challenging to ensure specified film thickness on such a rough surface,
hence risk of reduced lifetime of the coating system. When steel of Rust Grade C or D is coated, the frequency of
inspection and testing should be increased.

Metal finishing

For areas in corrosivity category C1 to C4 (ISO 12944-2) all irregularities, burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on
welds, sharp edges and corners shall conform to minimum grade P2 (ISO 8501-3) Table 1, or as specified.
For areas in corrosivity category C5 the requirement is conformance to grade P3 (ISO 8501-3) Table 1.
Defective welds shall be replaced and treated to an acceptable finish before painting. Temporary welds and
brackets shall be ground to a flat finish after removal from the parent metal.
Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all metal finishing and degreasing of
a specific area is complete. It is important that as much hot work as possible is completed before coating
commences.

Abrasive blast cleaning

Cleanliness

After pre-treatment is complete, the surface shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using
abrasive media suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile.

Surface profile

Recommended surface profile 30-85 µm, grade Fine to Medium G (ISO 8503-2).

Dust contamination

At the completion of abrasive blasting the prepared surface shall be cleaned to remove residues of corrosion
products and abrasive media, and inspected for surface particulate contamination. Maximum contamination level
is rating 2 (ISO 8502-3). Dust size no greater than class 2.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

Power tool cleaning

Minor damage of the coating may be prepared to St 3 (ISO 8501-1). Suitable method is disc grinding with rough
discs only. Ensure the surface is free from mill scale, residual corrosion, failed coating and is suitable for painting.
The surface should appear rough and mat. Overlapping zones to intact coating shall have all leading edges
feathered back by sanding methods to remove all sharp leading edges and establish a smooth transition from
the exposed substrate to the surrounding coating. Consecutive layers of coating shall be feathered to expose
each layer and new coating shall always overlap to an abraded existing layer. Abrade intact coatings around the
damaged areas for a minimum 100 mm to ensure a mat, rough surface profile, suitable for over coating.
Mechanical repairs are only accepted for minor areas of damage where abrasive blasting is expected to create
more damage to the coating system than actual benefit to the performance of the coating system.

Water jetting

If the surface has previously been blast cleaned, water jetting is a suitable surface preparation for this product.
This product is suitable for DC A, DC B and DC C surfaces prepared to Wa 2½ (ISO 8501-4). For DP Z surface
Wa 2 is accepted. Maximum accepted grade of flash rust is L.

Galvanised steel
This product is not intended for full over coating of galvanised surfaces or inorganic zinc coated surfaces.
However, for damages of the surface to bare metal the following surface preparation should be carried out
before applying this product to the damaged area:
Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by using one of the above approved surface
preperations for carbon steel. Feather edges of surrounding intact galvanised or inorganic zinc coated surface
and over coat with this product to the edge of the feathering.

Date of issue: 30 June 2021 Page: 2/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80 S

Coated surfaces

Shop primers

Shop primers are accepted as temporary protection of steel plates and profiles. Refer to the technical data sheet
for the generic types accepted. Certain standards require pre-approval of the shop primer as part of a complete
system. Contact your nearest Jotun office for specific system compatibility. Before being overcoated the shop
primer must be fully cured, clean, dust free, dry and undamaged. Inorganic zinc shop primers must be free of
zinc salts (white rust).
Corroded and damaged areas must be blast cleaned to minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1).

Inorganic zinc silicates

This product may be used to repair damages on an inorganic zinc silicate surface. Surface preparation as
described under the section of galvanised steel.

Application
Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application
Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Air temperature -5 - 60 °C
Substrate temperature -5 - 60 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 10 - 85 %

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet
• Do not apply the coating if the weather is clearly deteriorating or unfavourable for application or curing
• Do not apply the coating in high wind conditions

Product mixing

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Barrier 80 S Comp A 6 part(s)


Barrier 80 S Comp B 1 part(s)

Induction time and Pot life

Paint temperature 23 °C

Pot life 6h

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the product is mixed.

Date of issue: 30 June 2021 Page: 3/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80 S

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 17 / Jotun Thinner No. 69

Jotun Thinner No. 17: for fast evaporation


Jotun Thinner No. 69: for slow evaporation, max 10%

It is recommended to use Jotun Thinner No. 69 when the air temperature is >30ºC.
If the relative humidity is <30%, it is recommended to use Jotun Thinner No. 69 when the air temperature
>25ºC.

Application data

Spray application

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 42:1


Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 150 bar/2100 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 15-21
Nozzle output (litres/minute) : 0.9-1.9
Filters (mesh) : 70

Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at the nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- extended hoses or hose bundles
- extended hose whip-end line
- small internal diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- incorrect or clogged filters

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 60 - 100 μm


Wet film thickness 90 - 150 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 11.1 - 6.7 m²/l

This product can be applied up to 50 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical
properties.

Film thickness measurement


A zinc epoxy should be applied in a smooth and even film. Film thickness exceeding recommended maximum
may cause cracking and poor film integrity. The higher solids by volume content of Barrier 80 S may form the
film with a rougher surface. This should not be confused with dry spray.

Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A). Use a wet-to-dry film calculation table to
calculate the required wet film thickness per coat.
A wet to dry film thickness chart is available on the Jotun Web site.

Date of issue: 30 June 2021 Page: 4/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80 S

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring adjacent to and no further than 15 mm from the weld.

Ventilation

Sufficient ventilation is very important to ensure proper drying/curing of the film.

Stripe coating

The stripe coat sequence can be either of the following:


1. Surface preparation, stripe coat, full coat.
2. Surface preparation, full coat, stripe coat. This sequence can be used when a large substrate area has been
prepared and leaving the substrate exposed for a long time while doing stripe coating could lead to surface
deterioration. It is important to pay special attention to edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners, scallops etc.
and to apply a stripe coat to these areas where the spray fan may not reach or deposit an even film.
When applying a stripe coat to bare metal use only a stiff, round stripe coating brush to ensure surface wetting
and filling of pits in the surface. Stripe coating shall be of a different colour to the main primer coat and the
topcoat colour and should be applied in an even film thickness, avoiding excessive brush marks in order to avoid
entrapped air. Care should be taken to avoid excessive film thickness. Pay additional attention to pot life during
application of stripe coats. Jotun recommends a minimum of one stripe coat. However, in extremely aggressive
exposure conditions there may be good reason to specify two stripe coats.

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss.
Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature -5 °C 0 °C 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 1h 45 min 30 min 20 min 8 min 4 min


Walk-on-dry 16 h 8h 4h 3h 2h 40 min
Dry to over coat, minimum 16 h 8h 4h 3h 2h 40 min
Dried/cured for service 21 d 14 d 10 d 7d 5d 3d

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Date of issue: 30 June 2021 Page: 5/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80 S

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water cleaning using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during -5 °C 0 °C 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

acrylic 5d 3d 1d 20 h 16 h 8h
epoxy 3mth 2.5mth 2mth 1.5mth 1mth 7d
epoxy mastic 3mth 2.5mth 2mth 1.5mth 1mth 7d
polyurethane 20 d 15 d 10 d 7d 5d 2d

Other conditions that can affect drying / curing / over coating

Repair of coating system

Damages to the coating layers:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough washing. When the surface is dry the
coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original specification.
Always observe the maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating interval is exceeded the
surface should be carefully sanded removing the top of the surface followed by thorough fresh water washing in
order to remove zinc salts. Alternatively the surface can be abrasive swept.

Damages exposing bare substrate:


Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by spot blasting, mechanical grinding, water and/or
solvent washing. Feather edges and roughen the overlap zone of surrounding intact coating. Apply the coating
system specified for repair.

Repair of damaged areas

Sags and runs can be caused by too high wet film thickness, too much thinner added or the spray gun used too
close to the surface.
Repair by using a paint brush to smooth the film when still wet.
Sand down to a rough, even surface and re-coat if the coating is cured.
Dry spray can be caused by poor atomization of the paint, spray gun held too far from the surface, high air
temperature, thinner evaporating too fast or coating applied in windy conditions.
Sand down to a rough even surface and re-coat.

Date of issue: 30 June 2021 Page: 6/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80 S

Quality assurance
The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle
- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.

Colour variation
When applicable, products primarily meant for use as primers or antifoulings may have slight colour variations
from batch to batch. Such products and epoxy based products used as a finish coat may chalk when exposed to
sunlight and weathering.

Colour and gloss retention on topcoats/finish coats may vary depending on type of colour, exposure
environment such as temperature, UV intensity etc., application quality and generic type of paint. Contact your
local Jotun office for further information.

Reference to related documents


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Symbols and abbreviations

Date of issue: 30 June 2021 Page: 7/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80 S

min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet


h = hours AG = Application Guide
d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet
°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity
g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment
g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
IMO = International Maritime Organization
ASFP = Association for Specialist Fire Protection

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 30 June 2021 Page: 8/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Technical Data Sheet

Approved 7461;7680 1,2 7680 zinc epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1

Barrier 80

Product description
This is a two component polyamide cured zinc rich epoxy coating. It is a high solids, high zinc dust containing
product. It conforms to the compositional requirements of SSPC paint 20, level 2 and ISO 12944-5. It provides
very good corrosion protection as part of a complete coating system. To be used as primer in atmospheric
environments. Suitable for carbon steel, repair of inorganic zinc silicate coating and damaged galvanised steel
substrates. This product complies with ASTM D520 type II zinc dust.

Typical use
Protective:
Suitable for structural steel and piping exposed in corrosivity categories up to C5 (ISO 12944-2). Recommended
for offshore environments, refineries, power plants, bridges, buildings, mining equipment and general structural
steel. Specially designed as a primer for coating systems where extended durability is required.
Other

Approvals and certificates


Tested in accordance with ISO 12944-6, high expected durability in corrosivity category C5

Additional certificates and approvals may be available on request.

Colours
grey

Product data
Property Test/Standard Description

Solids by volume ISO 3233 61 ± 2 %


Gloss level (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 matt (0-35)
Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 27 °C
Density calculated 2.5 kg/l
VOC-US/Hong Kong US EPA method 24 (tested) 380 g/l
(CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (theoretical) 366 g/l
VOC-China GB/T 23985-2009 (tested) 392 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (tested) 370 g/l
(Max. thinning ratio included)

The provided data is typical for factory produced products, subject to slight variation depending on colour.
All data is valid for mixed paint.
Gloss description: According to Jotun Performance Coatings' definition.

Date of issue: 22 March 2021 Page: 1/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Barrier 80

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 40 - 90 μm


Wet film thickness 65 - 150 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 15.3 - 6.8 m²/l

Surface preparation
To secure lasting adhesion to the subsequent product all surfaces shall be clean, dry and free from any
contamination.

Surface preparation summary table

Surface preparation

Substrate Minimum Recommended

Carbon steel St 3 (ISO 8501-1) Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1)


Shop primed steel Clean, dry and undamaged approved Sweep blasted or alternatively blasted
shop primer (ISO 12944-4 5.4) to Sa 2 (ISO 8501-1) of at least 70 %
of the surface.

Optimum performance, including adhesion, corrosion protection, heat resistance and chemical resistance is
achieved with recommended surface preparation.

Application
Application methods
The product can be applied by

Spray: Use airless spray.


Brush: Recommended for stripe coating and small areas. Care must be taken to achieve the
specified dry film thickness.

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Barrier 80 Comp A 3 part(s)


Barrier 80 Comp B 1 part(s)

Date of issue: 22 March 2021 Page: 2/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Barrier 80

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 17

Guiding data for airless spray


Nozzle tip (inch/1000): 15-21
Pressure at nozzle (minimum): 150 bar/2100 psi

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 50 min 20 min 10 min 4 min


Walk-on-dry 5h 4h 2.5 h 40 min
Dry to over coat, minimum 5h 4h 2.5 h 40 min
Dried/cured for service 10 d 7d 5d 2d

For maximum overcoating intervals, refer to the Application Guide (AG) for this product.

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Induction time and Pot life


Paint temperature 23 °C

Induction time 30 min


Pot life 12 h

Heat resistance
Temperature
Continuous Peak

Dry, atmospheric 120 °C 140 °C

Peak temperature duration max. 1 hour.

Date of issue: 22 March 2021 Page: 3/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Barrier 80

The temperatures listed relate to retention of protective properties. Aesthetic properties may suffer at these
temperatures.

Product compatibility
Depending on the actual exposure of the coating system, various primers and topcoats can be used in
combination with this product. Some examples are shown below. Contact Jotun for specific system
recommendation.

Previous coat: inorganic zinc shop primer


Subsequent coat: epoxy, epoxy mastic, polyurethane

Packaging (typical)
Volume Size of containers
(litres) (litres)

Barrier 80 Comp A 3 / 6.75 5 / 10


Barrier 80 Comp B 1 / 2.25 1/3

The volume stated is for factory made colours. Note that local variants in pack size and filled volumes can vary
due to local regulations.

Storage
The product must be stored in accordance with national regulations. Keep the containers in a dry, cool, well
ventilated space and away from sources of heat and ignition. Containers must be kept tightly closed. Handle
with care.

Shelf life at 23 °C
Barrier 80 Comp A 24 month(s)
Barrier 80 Comp B 24 month(s)

In some markets commercial shelf life can be dictated shorter by local legislation. The above is minimum shelf
life, thereafter the paint quality is subject to re-inspection.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Date of issue: 22 March 2021 Page: 4/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Barrier 80

Colour variation
When applicable, products primarily meant for use as primers or antifoulings may have slight colour variations
from batch to batch. Such products and epoxy based products used as a finish coat may chalk when exposed to
sunlight and weathering.

Colour and gloss retention on topcoats/finish coats may vary depending on type of colour, exposure
environment such as temperature, UV intensity etc., application quality and generic type of paint. Contact your
local Jotun office for further information.

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 22 March 2021 Page: 5/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

Approved 7461;7680 1,2 7680 zinc epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1

Barrier 80

Product description
This is a two component polyamide cured zinc rich epoxy coating. It is a high solids, high zinc dust containing
product. It conforms to the compositional requirements of SSPC paint 20, level 2 and ISO 12944-5. It provides
very good corrosion protection as part of a complete coating system. To be used as primer in atmospheric
environments. Suitable for carbon steel, repair of inorganic zinc silicate coating and damaged galvanised steel
substrates. This product complies with ASTM D520 type II zinc dust.

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist with efficient and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent.
Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh water.
Paint solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for painting due
to the risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat small localized
areas of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are turned and
replaced often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water.
When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Process sequence

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all welding, degreasing, removal of
sharp edges, weld spatter and treatment of welds is complete. It is important that all hot work is completed
before coating commences.

Soluble salts removal


Soluble salts have a negative impact on the coating systems performance, especially when immersed. Jotun's
general recommendations for maximum soluble salts (sampled and measured as per ISO 8502-6 and -9)
content on a surface are:
For areas exposed to (ISO 12944-2):
C1-C4: 200 mg/m²
C5: 100 mg/m²

Date of issue: 1 March 2021 Page: 1/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80

Carbon steel
Initial rust grade

The steel shall preferably be Rust Grade A or B (ISO 8501-1). It is technically possible to apply the coating to
rust grades C and D, but it is practically challenging to ensure specified film thickness on such a rough surface,
hence risk of reduced lifetime of the coating system. When steel of Rust Grade C or D is coated, the frequency of
inspection and testing should be increased.

Metal finishing

For areas in corrosivity category C1 to C4 (ISO 12944-2) all irregularities, burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on
welds, sharp edges and corners shall conform to minimum grade P2 (ISO 8501-3) Table 1, or as specified.
For areas in corrosivity category C5 the requirement is conformance to grade P3 (ISO 8501-3) Table 1.
Defective welds shall be replaced and treated to an acceptable finish before painting. Temporary welds and
brackets shall be ground to a flat finish after removal from the parent metal.
Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all metal finishing and degreasing of
a specific area is complete. It is important that as much hot work as possible is completed before coating
commences.

Abrasive blast cleaning

Cleanliness

After pre-treatment is complete, the surface shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using
abrasive media suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile.

Surface profile

Recommended surface profile 30-85 µm, grade Fine to Medium G (ISO 8503-2).

Dust contamination

At the completion of abrasive blasting the prepared surface shall be cleaned to remove residues of corrosion
products and abrasive media, and inspected for surface particulate contamination. Maximum contamination level
is rating 2 (ISO 8502-3). Dust size no greater than class 2.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

Power tool cleaning

Minor damage of the coating may be prepared to St 3 (ISO 8501-1). Suitable method is disc grinding with rough
discs only. Ensure the surface is free from mill scale, residual corrosion, failed coating and is suitable for painting.
The surface should appear rough and mat.
Overlapping zones to intact coating shall have all leading edges feathered back by sanding methods to remove
all sharp leading edges and establish a smooth transition from the exposed substrate to the surrounding coating.
Consecutive layers of coating shall be feathered to expose each layer and new coating shall always overlap to an
abraded existing layer. Abrade intact coatings around the damaged areas for a minimum 100 mm to ensure a
mat, rough surface profile, suitable for over coating.
Mechanical repairs are only accepted for minor areas of damage where abrasive blasting is expected to create
more damage to the coating system than actual benefit to the performance of the coating system.

Water jetting

If the surface has previously been blast cleaned, water jetting is a suitable surface preparation for this product.
This product is suitable for DC A, DC B and DC C surfaces prepared to Wa 2½ (ISO 8501-4). For DP Z surface
Wa 2 is accepted. Maximum accepted grade of flash rust is L.

Galvanised steel
This product is not intended for full over coating of galvanised surfaces or inorganic zinc coated surfaces.
However, for damages of the surface to bare metal the following surface preparation should be carried out
before applying this product to the damaged area:
Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by using one of the above approved surface
preperations for carbon steel. Feather edges of surrounding intact galvanised or inorganic zinc coated surface
and over coat with this product to the edge of the feathering.

Date of issue: 1 March 2021 Page: 2/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80

Coated surfaces

Shop primers

Shop primers are accepted as temporary protection of steel plates and profiles. Refer to the technical data sheet
for the generic types accepted. Certain standards require pre-approval of the shop primer as part of a complete
system. Contact your nearest Jotun office for specific system compatibility. Before being overcoated the shop
primer must be fully cured, clean, dust free, dry and undamaged. Inorganic zinc shop primers must be free of
zinc salts (white rust).
Corroded and damaged areas must be blast cleaned to minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1).

Inorganic zinc silicates

This product may be used to repair damages on an inorganic zinc silicate surface. Surface preparation as
described under the section of galvanised steel.

Application
Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application
Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Air temperature 5 - 60 °C
Substrate temperature 5 - 60 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 10 - 85 %

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet
• Do not apply the coating if the weather is clearly deteriorating or unfavourable for application or curing
• Do not apply the coating in high wind conditions

Product mixing

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Barrier 80 Comp A 3 part(s)


Barrier 80 Comp B 1 part(s)

Induction time and Pot life

Paint temperature 23 °C

Induction time 30 min


Pot life 12 h

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the product is mixed.

Date of issue: 1 March 2021 Page: 3/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 17

Application data

Spray application

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 42:1


Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 150 bar/2100 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 15-21
Nozzle output (litres/minute) : 0.9-1.9
Filters (mesh) : 70

Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at the nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- extended hoses or hose bundles
- extended hose whip-end line
- small internal diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- incorrect or clogged filters

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 40 - 90 μm


Wet film thickness 65 - 150 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 15.3 - 6.8 m²/l

This product can be applied up to 50 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical
properties.

Film thickness measurement


A zinc epoxy should be applied in a smooth and even film. Too rough film could give risk of popping when the
subsequent coat is applied. Film thickness exceeding recommended maximum may cause cracking and poor film
integrity.

Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A). The measurements should be done as soon
as possible after application.
Fast drying paints may give incorrect (too low) readings resulting in excessive dry film thickness. For multi layer
physically drying (resoluble) coating systems the wet film thickness comb may give too high readings resulting
in too low dry film thickness of the intermediate and top coats.
Use a wet-to-dry film calculation table (available on the Jotun Web site) to calculate the required wet film
thickness per coat.

Date of issue: 1 March 2021 Page: 4/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring adjacent to and no further than 15 mm from the weld.

Ventilation

Sufficient ventilation is very important to ensure proper drying/curing of the film.

Stripe coating

The stripe coat sequence can be either of the following:


1. Surface preparation, stripe coat, full coat.
2. Surface preparation, full coat, stripe coat. This sequence can be used when a large substrate area has been
prepared and leaving the substrate exposed for a long time while doing stripe coating could lead to surface
deterioration.
It is important to pay special attention to edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners, scallops etc. and to apply a
stripe coat to these areas where the spray fan may not reach or deposit an even film.
When applying a stripe coat to bare metal use only a stiff, round stripe coating brush to ensure surface wetting
and filling of pits in the surface.
Stripe coating shall be of a different colour to the main primer coat and the topcoat colour and should be applied
in an even film thickness, avoiding excessive brush marks in order to avoid entrapped air. Care should be taken
to avoid excessive film thickness. Pay additional attention to pot life during application of stripe coats.
Jotun recommends a minimum of one stripe coat. However, in extremely aggressive exposure conditions there
may be good reason to specify two stripe coats.

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss.
Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 50 min 20 min 10 min 4 min


Walk-on-dry 5h 4h 2.5 h 40 min
Dry to over coat, minimum 5h 4h 2.5 h 40 min
Dried/cured for service 10 d 7d 5d 2d

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Date of issue: 1 March 2021 Page: 5/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water cleaning using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

The referred intervals relate specifically to over coating with Jotun Performance Coating products.

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

acrylic 1d 20 h 16 h 8h
epoxy 2.5 mth 2 mth 1 mth 7d
epoxy mastic 2.5 mth 2 mth 1 mth 7d
epoxy Passive Fire Protection 7d 7d 7d 5d
polyurethane 10 d 7d 5d 2d

Other conditions that can affect drying / curing / over coating

Repair of coating system

Damages to the coating layers:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough washing. When the surface is dry the
coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original specification.
Always observe the maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating interval is exceeded the
surface should be carefully sanded removing the top of the surface followed by thorough fresh water washing in
order to remove zinc salts. Alternatively the surface can be abrasive swept.

Damages exposing bare substrate:


Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by spot blasting, mechanical grinding, water and/or
solvent washing. Feather edges and roughen the overlap zone of surrounding intact coating. Apply the coating
system specified for repair.

Repair of damaged areas

Sags and runs can be caused by too high wet film thickness, too much thinner added or the spray gun used too
close to the surface.
Repair by using a paint brush to smooth the film when still wet.
Sand down to a rough, even surface and re-coat if the coating is cured.
Dry spray can be caused by poor atomization of the paint, spray gun held too far from the surface, high air
temperature, thinner evaporating too fast or coating applied in windy conditions.
Sand down to a rough even surface and re-coat.

Date of issue: 1 March 2021 Page: 6/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80

Quality assurance
The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle
- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.

Colour variation
When applicable, products primarily meant for use as primers or antifoulings may have slight colour variations
from batch to batch. Such products and epoxy based products used as a finish coat may chalk when exposed to
sunlight and weathering.

Colour and gloss retention on topcoats/finish coats may vary depending on type of colour, exposure
environment such as temperature, UV intensity etc., application quality and generic type of paint. Contact your
local Jotun office for further information.

Reference to related documents


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Symbols and abbreviations

Date of issue: 1 March 2021 Page: 7/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Barrier 80

min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet


h = hours AG = Application Guide
d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet
°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity
g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment
g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
IMO = International Maritime Organization
ASFP = Association for Specialist Fire Protection

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 1 March 2021 Page: 8/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Technical Data Sheet

Approved 2082;2081 1 2082 epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1

Penguard Midcoat MIO

Product description
This is a two component polyamide cured epoxy coating. It is a micaceous iron oxide (MIO) pigmented, high
solids, high build product. Designed as a midcoat in systems for new construction and maintenance in
atmospheric environments. Recommended in approved coating systems.

Typical use
Suitable for structural steel and piping to be exposed to wide range of corrosive environments, up to C5 (ISO
12944-2) with approved anti-corrosive primer system. Recommended for onshore and offshore environments,
refineries, power plants, bridges, buildings and mining equipment.
Other

Other variants available


Penguard Midcoat
Refer to separate TDS for each variant.

Colours
red, grey, light grey

Product data
Property Test/Standard Description

Solids by volume ISO 3233 82 ± 2 %


Gloss level (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 matt (0-35)
Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 25 °C
Density calculated 1.8 kg/l
VOC-US/Hong Kong US EPA method 24 (tested) 250 g/l
(CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (theoretical) 245 g/l
VOC-China GB/T 23985-2009 (tested) 179 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (tested) 274 g/l
(Max. thinning ratio included)

The provided data is typical for factory produced products, subject to slight variation depending on colour.
Gloss description: According to Jotun Performance Coatings' definition.

Date of issue: 22 February 2023 Page: 1/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Penguard Midcoat MIO

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 100 - 250 μm


Wet film thickness 125 - 300 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 8.2 - 3.3 m²/l

Surface preparation

Surface preparation summary table

Surface preparation

Substrate Minimum Recommended

Coated surfaces Clean, dry and undamaged compatible Clean, dry and undamaged compatible
coating coating

Application
Application methods
The product can be applied by

Spray: Use airless spray.


Brush: Recommended for stripe coating and small areas. Care must be taken to achieve the
specified dry film thickness in multiple coats.

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Penguard Midcoat MIO Comp A 4 part(s)


Penguard Midcoat Comp B 1 part(s)

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 17

Guiding data for airless spray


Nozzle tip (inch/1000): 17-23

Pressure at nozzle (minimum): 150 bar/2100 psi

Date of issue: 22 February 2023 Page: 2/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Penguard Midcoat MIO

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 15 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 6h 4 h 2 h


Walk-on-dry 9h 6 h 3 h
Dry to over coat, minimum 9h 6 h 3 h
Dried/cured for service 10 d 7 d 5 d

For maximum overcoating intervals, refer to the Application Guide (AG) for this product.

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Induction time and Pot life


Paint temperature 23 °C

Pot life 2h

Heat resistance
Temperature
Continuous Peak

Dry, atmospheric 120 °C 140 °C

Peak temperature duration max. 1 hour.


The temperatures listed relate to retention of protective properties. Aesthetic properties may suffer at these
temperatures.

Product compatibility
Depending on the actual exposure of the coating system, various primers and topcoats can be used in
combination with this product. Some examples are shown below. Contact Jotun for specific system
recommendation.

Previous coat: zinc epoxy, zinc silicate


Subsequent coat: epoxy, polyurethane, polysiloxane

Date of issue: 22 February 2023 Page: 3/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Penguard Midcoat MIO

Packaging (typical)
Volume Size of containers
(litres) (litres)

Penguard Midcoat MIO Comp A 4/16 5/20


Penguard Midcoat Comp B 1/4 1/5

The volume stated is for factory made colours. Note that local variants in pack size and filled volumes can vary
due to local regulations.

Storage
The product must be stored in accordance with national regulations. Keep the containers in a dry, cool, well
ventilated space and away from sources of heat and ignition. Containers must be kept tightly closed. Handle
with care.

Shelf life at 23 °C
Penguard Midcoat MIO Comp A 24 month(s)
Penguard Midcoat Comp B 48 month(s)

In some markets commercial shelf life can be dictated shorter by local legislation. The above is minimum shelf
life, thereafter the paint quality is subject to re-inspection.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Colour variation
When applicable, products primarily meant for use as primers or antifoulings may have slight colour variations
from batch to batch. Such products and epoxy based products used as a finish coat may chalk when exposed to
sunlight and weathering.

Colour and gloss retention on topcoats/finish coats may vary depending on type of colour, exposure
environment such as temperature, UV intensity etc., application quality and generic type of paint. Contact your
local Jotun office for further information.

Date of issue: 22 February 2023 Page: 4/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Penguard Midcoat MIO

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 22 February 2023 Page: 5/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

2082;2081 1 2082 epoxy ^(ValidationDate). 1

Penguard Midcoat MIO

Product description
This is a two component polyamide cured epoxy coating. It is a micaceous iron oxide (MIO) pigmented, high
solids, high build product. Designed as a mid coat in systems for new construction in atmospheric environments.
Suitable in approved coating systems.

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist in smooth and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product. Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline
detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh
water. Paint solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for
painting due to the risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat
small localized areas of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are
turned and replaced often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water.

Coated surfaces

Verification of existing coatings including primers

When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Over coating

When applied on coatings past maximum intercoating interval light abrading may be required to achieve proper
intercoat adhesion.

Shop primers

Date of issue: 5 November 2015 Page: 1/6

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Midcoat MIO

Shop primers are accepted as temporary protection of steel plates and profiles. Refer to the technical data sheet
for the generic types accepted. Certain standards require pre-approval of the shop primer as part of a complete
system. Contact your nearest Jotun office for specific system compatibility. Before being overcoated the shop
primer must be fully cured, clean, dust free, dry and undamaged. Inorganic zinc shop primers must be free of
zinc salts (white rust). Corroded and damaged areas must be blast cleaned to minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1).

Application
Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application
Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Standard grade

Air temperature 15 - 60 °C
Substrate temperature 15 - 50 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 10 - 85 %

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet
• Do not apply the coating if the weather is clearly deteriorating or unfavourable for application or curing
• Do not apply the coating in high wind conditions

Product mixing
4/16 1/4
Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Penguard Midcoat MIO Comp A 4 part(s)


Penguard Midcoat Comp B 1 part(s)

Induction time and Pot life

Paint temperature 23 °C

Pot life 2h

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the paint is mixed.

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 17

Application data

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 42:1


Pump output (litres/minute) : 1.3-2.2
Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 150 bar/2100 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 17-23
Filters (mesh) : 70

Date of issue: 5 November 2015 Page: 2/6

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Midcoat MIO

Material hose length :


Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- long paint- and whip hoses
- low inner diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- wrong or clogged filters

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 100 - 250 μm


Wet film thickness 125 - 300 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 8,2 - 3,3 m²/l

Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A).

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring adjacent to and no further than 15 cm from the weld.

Ventilation

Sufficient ventilation is very important to ensure proper drying/curing of the film.

Drying process

Do not attempt to speed up the curing process by blowing hot air on to the wet coating film as this may lead to
skin drying/curing, entrapped solvents and consequently solvent blistering and inferior corrosion protection.

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss. Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Date of issue: 5 November 2015 Page: 3/6

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Midcoat MIO

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 15 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 6h 4 h 2 h


Walk-on-dry 9h 6 h 3 h
Dry to over coat, minimum 9h 6 h 3 h
Dried/cured for service 10 d 7 d 5 d

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The shortest time allowed before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water jetting to Wa 1 (ISO 8501-4) using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during 15 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing
Itself 3 mth 3 mth 2 mth
epoxy 3 mth 3 mth 2 mth
polysiloxane 7d 7d 5d
polyurethane 7d 7d 5d

Quality assurance
The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle

Date of issue: 5 November 2015 Page: 4/6

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Midcoat MIO

- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.

Colour variation
Some coatings used as the final coat may fade and chalk in time when exposed to sunlight and weathering
effects. Coatings designed for high temperature service can undergo colour changes without affecting
performance. Some slight colour variation can occur from batch to batch. When long term colour and gloss
retention is required, please seek advice from your local Jotun office for assistance in selection of the most
suitable top coat for the exposure conditions and durability requirements.

Reference to related documents


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Symbols and abbreviations


min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet
h = hours AG = Application Guide
d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet
°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity
g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment
g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings

Date of issue: 5 November 2015 Page: 5/6

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Midcoat MIO

IMO = International Maritime Organization

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 5 November 2015 Page: 6/6

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
기술 자료 시트

Approved 25020;25040 1 25020 에폭시 ^(ValidationDate) 1

Penguard Midcoat M20

제품 특성
2액형의 폴리아민 경화형 에폭시 도료입니다. 운모상 산화철 (MIO) 함유된 고 고형분, 후도막 제품입니다. 대기 환경에서 신축공
사의 하도 및 중도 제품으로 설계되었습니다. 승인된 도장 시스템에 적합합니다.

용도
부식성 환경에 노출된 구조용 강철에 적합합니다. 정유시설, 발전소, 건물 및 광산 장비에 권장됩니다.
기타

승인 및 인증
다음 사항을 만족합니다:
- LEED® 2009 에서 실내 환경 품질 (IEQ)
추가 인증서 및 승인을 요청하실 수 있습니다.

색상
백색, 버프색, 밝은 회색, 중간 회색, 회색, 회색 XO, 암회색 , 어두운 회색, 황미-백색, 적색

제품 정보
물성 시험/표준 서술

부피 고형분 ISO 3233 80 ± 2 %


광택 수준 (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 무광 (0-35)
인화점 ISO 3679 Method 1 25 ℃
비중 계산값 1.6 kg/l
VOC-미국/홍콩 US EPA method 24 (실험된) 250 g/l
(CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (이론적 인) 205 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (실험된) 242 g/l
(최대 희석 비율 포함)

제공되는 데이터는 일반적으로 공장에서 생산되는 제품이고, 색상에 따라 약간의 차이가 있습니다.
광택 설명: 요턴 퍼포먼스 코팅 정의에 따르면

1회도장 도막두께
일반적인 권장 사양 범위

건조 도막 두께 100 - 300 미크론


습도막 두께 125 - 375 미크론
이론 도포율 8 - 2.7 m²/l

최초작: 7 6월 2023 페이지: 1/4

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Penguard Midcoat M20

건조도막 100 ㎛ 이하는 신나가 더 첨가되어야 합니다.

표면 처리

표면 처리 요약 테이블

표면 처리

소지 최소 추천

도장된 표면 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한


도장 도장

부착성, 부식방지, 내열성 및 내화학성을 포함한 최적의 성능은 권장되는 표면처리로 달성됩니다.

도장
도장 방법
제품으로 적용할 수 있습니다.

스프레이: 에어리스 스프레이 사용.


붓: 스트라입 도장과 작은 구역에 추천되고, 규정된 건조도막두께를 도장하기 위해서 유의해야 합니다.

제품 혼합 비율 (부피비)

Penguard Midcoat M20 Comp A 4 파트


Penguard Midcoat M20 Comp B 1 파트

신나/세척 용제
신나: Jotun Thinner No. 17

희석 최대: 10 %

미스트 코트 기법으로 도장시 많은 양의 신나가 요구될 수 있습니다.

참고: 한국 VOC 규정 "한국 대기환경보전법"과 그에 상응하는 희석 제한이 권장 희석량보다 우세합니다.

에어리스 스프레이 안내 자료
노즐 팁 (inch/1000): 17-27

분사 압력 (최소): 150 bar/2100 psi

최초작: 7 6월 2023 페이지: 2/4

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Penguard Midcoat M20

건조와 경화 시간
소지 온도 -5 °C 0 °C 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

표면 (지촉) 건조 18 h 12 h 4h 2 h 1.5 h 30 min


보행 건조 42 h 26 h 12 h 7 h 4h 2h
재도장시간, 최소 40 h 24 h 10 h 6 h 3h 1h
서비스 건조/경화 21 d 13 d 8 d 4d 3d

최대 재도장간격은 이 제품의 적용 가이드 (AG)를 참조하십시오.

건조와 경화시간은 제어된 온도와 상대습도 85% 이하 및 제품의 평균 DFT에서 결정됩니다.

표면(터치)건조 : 약간의 손가락 압력으로 지문이나 끈적임을 남기지 않는 정도의 건조상태.

보행 건조: 영구적인 흔적, 자국 또는 다른 물리적 손상을 제외한 일반적인 보행을 견딜 수 있는 도장의 최소 건조시간.

최소 재도장시간: 후속도장이 적용되기 전에 권장되는 가장 짧은 시간.

서비스 건조/경화: 도장이 중간 환경에 영구적으로 노출되기 전의 최소 시간.

유도 시간 및 가사 시간
도료 온도 23 °C

가사 시간 1h

내열성
온도
연속 정점

건조 대기 120 ℃ 140 ℃

정점 온도 지속 최대 1시간.
열거된 온도는 보호물성 유지와 관련이 있습니다. 이 온도에서 미적 물성은 다소 저하될 수 있습니다.

제품 호환성
도장시스템의 실제 노출에 따라 다양한 프라이머와 상도가 이 제품과 조합하여 사용할 수 있습니다. 몇가지 예는 다음과 같습니
다. 특정 추천사양은 Jotun에 문의하십시오.

이전 도장: 징크 에폭시, 징크 실리케이트, 에폭시


후속 도장: 에폭시, 폴리우레탄, 폴리실록산

포장 (대표적)
부피 용기 크기

최초작: 7 6월 2023 페이지: 3/4

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Penguard Midcoat M20

(리터) (리터)

Penguard Midcoat M20 Comp A 16 20


Penguard Midcoat M20 Comp B 4 5

비고. 각 지역의 현지규정에 따라 포장용량은 다를 수 있습니다.

보관
제품은 반드시 국가규정에 따라 보관되어야 합니다. 보관장소는 화염이나 발화원으로 부터 멀리 떨어진 선선하고, 건조하며, 통
풍이 잘되는 장소에 보관되어야 합니다. 보관 용기는 반드시 밀봉되어야 합니다. 취급에 주의합니다.

저장기간 23 °C
Penguard Midcoat M20 Comp A 24 개월
Penguard Midcoat M20 Comp B 24 개월

일부 시장에서 현지규정에 따라 상업적으로 저장기간이 짧을 수 있습니다. 상기는 최소 저장기간이며, 그 후에는 도료 품질을 재


검사해야 합니다.

주의사항
이 제품은 전문가만 사용할 수 있습니다. 작업자와 조작자는 훈련 및 경험이 있어야 하며, 요턴의 기술자료에 따라 올바르게 혼
합/교반하여 도장할 수 있는 능력과 장비를 가지고 있어야 합니다. 이 제품을 사용할 경우 도장작업자는 적절한 개인 보호 장비
를 착용해야 합니다. 이 지침서는 제품의 현재 지식을 바탕으로 제공한 것입니다. 현장 조건에 맞게 제안된 편차는 작업을 시작
하기 전에 승인을 위해 요턴 담당자에게 전달해야 합니다.

건강과 안전
용기에 표기된 주의 사항을 준수하십시오. 통풍이 잘되는 곳에서 사용하십시오. 스프레이 미스트를 마시지 마십시오. 피부 접촉
을 피하십시오. 피부에 접촉시 적절한 세척제, 비누, 물 등으로 제거하십시오. 눈은 물로 잘 씻어내야 하며 즉시 치료해야 합니다
.

색상 변화
프라이머 또는 방오도료를 주로 사용하는 경우 각 제품마다 약간의 색상 차이가 있을 수 있습니다. 마감 코팅으로 사용되는 이러
한 제품 및 에폭시 기반 제품은 햇빛과 풍화에 노출될 때 쵸킹될 수 있습니다.

탑코트/마감 코팅의 색상 및 광택 유지는 색상의 유형, 온도, 자외선 강도 등과 같은 노출 환경, 도포 품질 및 일반적인 페인트 유
형에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 지역 Jotun 사무소에 문의하십시오.

추가사항
본 문서에 기재된 정보는 실험과 요턴의 실질 경험을 통해 검증된 최상의 정보를 제공한 것입니다. 요턴의 제품은 반제품으로 고
려되고, 요턴 통제밖의 추천용도 이외에 다른 목적으로 사용될 경우도 있기 때문에 당사는 어떠한 보증도 하지 않으며, 제품 그
자체의 품질에 대해서만 보증합니다. 지역 요구사항을 준수하기 위해 약간의 제품변형은 구현될 수 있습니다. 본 문서는 사전 예
고없이 새로운 정보로 변경될 수 있습니다.

사용자는 항상 특정 적용 사례에 대해 제품의 일반적인 적합성에 대한 요턴의 특정 지침을 참조해야 합니다.

이 문서가 다른 언어들 사이의 불일치로 인해 문제가 있을 경우, 영어(영국) 버전을 우선으로 합니다.

최초작: 7 6월 2023 페이지: 4/4

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

Approved 25020;25040 1 25020 epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1

Penguard Midcoat M20

Product description
This is a two component polyamine cured epoxy coating. It is a micaceous iron oxide (MIO) pigmented, high
solids, high build product. Designed as a mid coat in systems for new construction in atmospheric environments.
Suitable in approved coating systems.

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist with efficient and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent.
Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh water.
Paint solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for painting due
to the risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat small localized
areas of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are turned and
replaced often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water.

Coated surfaces

Verification of existing coatings including primers

When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Over coating

When applied on coatings past maximum intercoating interval light abrading may be required to achieve proper
intercoat adhesion.

Shop primers

Date of issue: 31 August 2020 Page: 1/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Midcoat M20

Shop primers are accepted as temporary protection of steel plates and profiles. Refer to the technical data sheet
for the generic types accepted. Certain standards require pre-approval of the shop primer as part of a complete
system. Contact your nearest Jotun office for specific system compatibility. Before being overcoated the shop
primer must be fully cured, clean, dust free, dry and undamaged. Inorganic zinc shop primers must be free of
zinc salts (white rust).
Corroded and damaged areas must be blast cleaned to minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1).

Application
Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application
Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Air temperature -5 - 60 °C
Substrate temperature -5 - 50 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 10 - 85 %

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet
• Do not apply the coating if the weather is clearly deteriorating or unfavourable for application or curing
• Do not apply the coating in high wind conditions

Product mixing

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Penguard Midcoat M20 Comp A 4 part(s)


Penguard Midcoat M20 Comp B 1 part(s)

Induction time and Pot life

Paint temperature 23 °C

Pot life 1h

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the product is mixed.

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 17

Thinning max.: 10 %

When applied with mist coat technique an even higher amount of thinner may be required.

Note: Korean VOC regulation "Korea Clean Air Conservation Act" and its corresponding thinning limit will prevail
over recommended thinning volumes.

Date of issue: 31 August 2020 Page: 2/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Midcoat M20

Application data

Spray application

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 42:1


Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 150 bar/2100 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 17-27
Nozzle output (litres/minute) : 1.3-2.2
Filters (mesh) : 70

Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at the nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- extended hoses or hose bundles
- extended hose whip-end line
- small internal diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- incorrect or clogged filters

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 100 - 300 μm


Wet film thickness 125 - 375 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 8 - 2.7 m²/l

For DFT below 100 µm more thinner should be added.

This product can be applied up to 50 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical
properties.

Film thickness measurement


Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A). The measurements should be done as soon
as possible after application.
Fast drying paints may give incorrect (too low) readings resulting in excessive dry film thickness. For multi layer
physically drying (resoluble) coating systems the wet film thickness comb may give too high readings resulting
in too low dry film thickness of the intermediate and top coats.
Use a wet-to-dry film calculation table (available on the Jotun Web site) to calculate the required wet film
thickness per coat.

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring the wet and dry film thickness adjacent to and no further than 15 mm
from the weld.

Date of issue: 31 August 2020 Page: 3/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Midcoat M20

Ventilation

Sufficient ventilation is very important to ensure proper drying/curing of the film.

Drying process

Do not attempt to speed up the curing process by blowing hot air on to the wet coating film as this may lead to
skin drying/curing, entrapped solvents and consequently solvent blistering and inferior corrosion protection.

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss.
Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature -5 °C 0 °C 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 18 h 12 h 4h 2h 1.5 h 30 min


Walk-on-dry 42 h 26 h 12 h 7h 4h 2h
Dry to over coat, minimum 40 h 24 h 10 h 6h 3h 1h
Dried/cured for service 21 d 13 d 8d 4d 3d

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water cleaning using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

Date of issue: 31 August 2020 Page: 4/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Midcoat M20

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during -5 °C 0 °C 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

Itself 3 mth 3 mth 3 mth 3 mth 3 mth 2 mth


epoxy 3 mth 3 mth 3 mth 3 mth 3 mth 2 mth
polyurethane 10 d 10 d 10 d 7d 5d
polysiloxane 10 d 10 d 10 d 7d 5d

Other conditions that can affect drying / curing / over coating

Repair of coating system

Damages to the coating layers:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough cleaning/vacuuming. When the
surface is clean and dry the coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original
specification.
Always observe the maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating interval is exceeded the
surface should be carefully roughened in order to ensure good intercoat adhesion.

Damages exposing bare substrate:


Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by spot blasting, mechanical grinding, water and/or
solvent washing. Feather edges and roughen the overlap zone of surrounding intact coating. Apply the coating
system specified for repair.

Repair of damaged areas

Sags and runs can be caused by too high wet film thickness, too much thinner added or the spray gun used too
close to the surface.
Repair by using a paint brush to smooth the film when still wet.
Sand down to a rough, even surface and re-coat if the coating is cured.
Orange peel can be caused by poor flow/levelling properties of the paint, poor atomization of the paint, thinner
evaporating too fast or the spray gun held too close to the surface.
This can be rectified by abrading the surface and applying an additional coat after having adjusted the
application properties or the application technique.
Dry spray can be caused by poor atomization of the paint, spray gun held too far from the surface, high air
temperature, thinner evaporating too fast or coating applied in windy conditions.
Sand down to a rough even surface and re-coat.
Pinholes can be caused by entrapped solvents in the film or by incorrect application technique. Pinholes can be
repaired as per procedure for damages to the coating layer or to the substrate, ref. above.

Coating film continuity

When required by the specification, the coating shall be tested for film discontinuity according to ASTM D 5162,
test method A or B as appropriate for the actual dry film thickness.
All recorded defects shall be repaired by best practical means.

Date of issue: 31 August 2020 Page: 5/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Midcoat M20

Quality assurance
The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle
- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.

Colour variation
Some coatings used as the final coat may fade and chalk in time when exposed to sunlight and weathering
effects. Coatings designed for high temperature service can undergo colour changes without affecting
performance. Some slight colour variation can occur from batch to batch. When long term colour and gloss
retention is required, please seek advice from your local Jotun office for assistance in selection of the most
suitable top coat for the exposure conditions and durability requirements.

Reference to related documents


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Symbols and abbreviations


min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet
h = hours AG = Application Guide

Date of issue: 31 August 2020 Page: 6/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Midcoat M20

d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet


°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity
g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment
g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
IMO = International Maritime Organization
ASFP = Association for Specialist Fire Protection

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 31 August 2020 Page: 7/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
기술 자료 시트

Approved 3140;3240;4320 1,2 3140 폴리우레탄 ^(ValidationDate) 1

Hardtop XP

제품 특성
2액형의 화학적 경화형 지방족 아크릴릭 폴리우레탄 도료입니다. 우수한 광택 유지성을 가진 유광 상도입니다. 고 고형분 제품입
니다. 이 제품은 낮은 건조 스프레이로 양호한 도장성질을 가지고 있습니다. 대기 환경에서 마감도장으로 사용할 수 있습니다.

용도
선박:
톱사이드, 갑판과 상부구조에 추천됩니다.

중방식:
정유, 발전소와 빌딩 등의 해양 환경에 추천됩니다. 광범위한 산업 구조에 적합합니다. 사전 검증된 NORSOK 시스템의 탑코트로
사용됩니다.
기타

승인 및 인증
이 제품은 친환경 건축기준 크레딧에 기여합니다. 친환경 건축기준을 참조하십시오.

NORSOK 시스템 1, Rev.5


곡물, 뉴캐슬 산업보건
요턴 - 식품, 미국 FDA 제목 21, 건조한 고체에 대한 파트 175.300 규정을 따릅니다.

승인된 체계의 일부로 사용될 경우, 이 재료는 다음과 같은 인증을 가지고 있습니다:
해양 장비에 대한 저화염 확산은 EU 지침에 따릅니다. IMO 2010 FTP 코드의 부속서 1의 2항과 파트 5 또는 IMO 2010 FTP 코
드 채널 8에 부합할 때 IMO FTPC의 부속서 1의 2항과 파트 5에 따라 승인되었습니다.

자세한 내용은 요턴 담당자에게 문의하십시오.


추가 인증서 및 승인을 요청하실 수 있습니다.

가능한 다른 변경
Hardtop XP Alu
Hardtop XPL
Hardtop XPF (동절용)
각 변경사항은 별도 TDS를 참조하십시오.

색상
색상 카드와 MCI 조색시스템에 따릅니다.

제품 정보
물성 시험/표준 서술

부피 고형분 ISO 3233 63 ± 2 %


광택 수준 (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 광택 (70-85)
인화점 ISO 3679 Method 1 30 ℃
비중 계산값 1.4 kg/l
VOC-미국/홍콩 US EPA method 24 (실험된) 323 g/l
(CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (이론적 인) 326 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (실험된) 385 g/l
(최대 희석 비율 포함)

최초작: 8 5월 2023 페이지: 1/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Hardtop XP

제공되는 데이터는 일반적으로 공장에서 생산되는 제품이고, 색상에 따라 약간의 차이가 있습니다.
광택 설명: 요턴 퍼포먼스 코팅 정의에 따르면

VOC 값은 백색을 참조하십시오.

1회도장 도막두께
일반적인 권장 사양 범위

건조 도막 두께 50 - 100 미크론
습도막 두께 80 - 160 미크론
이론 도포율 12.6 - 6.3 m²/l

밝은 색상은 불투명도를 얻기 위해 권장 사양 범위보다 높은 도막이 필요할 수 있습니다.

특수 효과의 색상은 발산 규격범위를 가질 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 도장가이드 (AG)를 참조하거나 가까운 요턴 사무소에 문
의하십시오.

표면 처리

표면 처리 요약 테이블

표면 처리

소지 최소 추천

도장된 표면 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한


도장 도장

도장
도장 방법
제품으로 적용할 수 있습니다.

스프레이: 에어 스프레이 또는 에어리스 스프레이를 사용합니다.


붓: 스트라입 도장과 작은 구역에 추천됩니다. 규정된 건조도막두께를 도장하기 위해서는 유의해야 합니다.
롤러: 사용할 수 있습니다. 규정된 건조도막두께를 도장하기 위해서는 유의해야 합니다.

최초작: 8 5월 2023 페이지: 2/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Hardtop XP

제품 혼합 비율 (부피비)

Hardtop XP Comp A 10 파트
Hardtop XP Comp B 1 파트

신나/세척 용제
신나: Jotun Thinner No. 10 / Jotun Thinner No. 26

Jotun Thinner No. 26 미국 제정법에 따라 공급되고 사용되어 집니다.

Jotun Thinner No.63은 더 빠른 경화를 위해 사용될 수 있습니다. 최대 추가량: 5%. Thinner No.63의 추가는 주변 온도에 따라
가사시간을 감소시킬 수 있음을 참고 바랍니다.

에어리스 스프레이 안내 자료
노즐 팁 (inch/1000): 13-19

분사 압력 (최소): 150 bar/2100 psi

에어 스프레이 안내 자료
노즐 팁: HVLP: 11-19 (inch/1000) / 압력 포트: 1.1-1.9 (mm)
분사 압력 (최소): HVLP: 2.1 bar/30 psi / 압력 포트: 2.1 bar/30 psi

건조와 경화 시간
소지 온도 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

표면 (지촉) 건조 16 h 6h 3.5 h 2 h
보행 건조 24 h 14 h 7h 4 h
재도장시간, 최소 24 h 14 h 7h 4 h
서비스 건조/경화 21 d 14 d 7d 3 d

최대 재도장간격은 이 제품의 적용 가이드 (AG)를 참조하십시오.

건조와 경화시간은 제어된 온도와 상대습도 85% 이하 및 제품의 평균 DFT에서 결정됩니다.

표면(터치)건조 : 약간의 손가락 압력으로 지문이나 끈적임을 남기지 않는 정도의 건조상태.

보행 건조: 영구적인 흔적, 자국 또는 다른 물리적 손상을 제외한 일반적인 보행을 견딜 수 있는 도장의 최소 건조시간.

최소 재도장시간: 후속도장이 적용되기 전에 권장되는 가장 짧은 시간.

서비스 건조/경화: 도장이 중간 환경에 영구적으로 노출되기 전의 최소 시간.

최초작: 8 5월 2023 페이지: 3/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Hardtop XP

유도 시간 및 가사 시간
도료 온도 23 °C 40 °C

가사 시간 1.5 h 50 min

내열성
온도
연속 정점
건조 대기 120 ℃ 140 ℃

정점 온도 지속 최대 1시간.
열거된 온도는 보호물성 유지와 관련이 있습니다. 이 온도에서 미적 물성은 다소 저하될 수 있습니다.

제품 호환성
도장시스템의 실제 노출에 따라 다양한 프라이머와 상도가 이 제품과 조합하여 사용할 수 있습니다. 몇가지 예는 다음과 같습니
다. 특정 추천사양은 Jotun에 문의하십시오.

이전 도장: 에폭시, 징크 에폭시, 에폭시 마스틱, 폴리우레탄

포장 (대표적)
부피 용기 크기
(리터) (리터)

Hardtop XP Comp A 4.55 / 18.2 5 / 20


Hardtop XP Comp B 0.45 / 1.8 1/3

비고. 각 지역의 현지규정에 따라 포장용량은 다를 수 있습니다.

보관
제품은 반드시 국가규정에 따라 보관되어야 합니다. 보관장소는 화염이나 발화원으로 부터 멀리 떨어진 선선하고, 건조하며, 통
풍이 잘되는 장소에 보관되어야 합니다. 보관 용기는 반드시 밀봉되어야 합니다. 취급에 주의합니다.

저장기간 23 °C
Hardtop XP Comp A 48 개월
Hardtop XP Comp B 48 개월

일부 시장에서 현지규정에 따라 상업적으로 저장기간이 짧을 수 있습니다. 상기는 최소 저장기간이며, 그 후에는 도료 품질을 재


검사해야 합니다.

최초작: 8 5월 2023 페이지: 4/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Hardtop XP

친환경 건축 기준
이 제품은 다음과 같은 특정 요구사항을 충족시켜 친환경 건축기준 크레딧에 기여합니다:

LEED®v4 (2013)
MR credit: 건물제품 공개와 최적화
- 물질 성분, 옵션2: 물질성분 최적화, 국제적인 대안 규정준수 경로 - REACH 최적화: 완전히 목록화된 화학성분을 100 ppm으
로 제한하고, REACH 인증목록에 포함하지 않음 - 부록 XIV, 제한목록 - 부록 XVII와 SVHC 후보목록.
- 환경 제품 선언: 제품별 유형 III EPD (ISO 14025;21930, EN 15804).

BREEAM® International (2016)


- Mat 01: 제품별 유형 III EPD (ISO 14025;21930, EN 15804).

BREEAM® International (2013)


- Hea 02: 이액형 성능 코팅 SB의 VOC 함량 (500 g/l) (EU 지침 2004/42/CE)

EPD는 www.epd-norge.no 에서 이용할 수 있습니다.

주의사항
이 제품은 전문가만 사용할 수 있습니다. 작업자와 조작자는 훈련 및 경험이 있어야 하며, 요턴의 기술자료에 따라 올바르게 혼
합/교반하여 도장할 수 있는 능력과 장비를 가지고 있어야 합니다. 이 제품을 사용할 경우 도장작업자는 적절한 개인 보호 장비
를 착용해야 합니다. 이 지침서는 제품의 현재 지식을 바탕으로 제공한 것입니다. 현장 조건에 맞게 제안된 편차는 작업을 시작
하기 전에 승인을 위해 요턴 담당자에게 전달해야 합니다.

건강과 안전
용기에 표기된 주의 사항을 준수하십시오. 통풍이 잘되는 곳에서 사용하십시오. 스프레이 미스트를 마시지 마십시오. 피부 접촉
을 피하십시오. 피부에 접촉시 적절한 세척제, 비누, 물 등으로 제거하십시오. 눈은 물로 잘 씻어내야 하며 즉시 치료해야 합니다
.

색상 변화
프라이머 또는 방오도료를 주로 사용하는 경우 각 제품마다 약간의 색상 차이가 있을 수 있습니다. 마감 코팅으로 사용되는 이러
한 제품 및 에폭시 기반 제품은 햇빛과 풍화에 노출될 때 쵸킹될 수 있습니다.

탑코트/마감 코팅의 색상 및 광택 유지는 색상의 유형, 온도, 자외선 강도 등과 같은 노출 환경, 도포 품질 및 일반적인 페인트 유
형에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 지역 Jotun 사무소에 문의하십시오.

추가사항
본 문서에 기재된 정보는 실험과 요턴의 실질 경험을 통해 검증된 최상의 정보를 제공한 것입니다. 요턴의 제품은 반제품으로 고
려되고, 요턴 통제밖의 추천용도 이외에 다른 목적으로 사용될 경우도 있기 때문에 당사는 어떠한 보증도 하지 않으며, 제품 그
자체의 품질에 대해서만 보증합니다. 지역 요구사항을 준수하기 위해 약간의 제품변형은 구현될 수 있습니다. 본 문서는 사전 예
고없이 새로운 정보로 변경될 수 있습니다.

사용자는 항상 특정 적용 사례에 대해 제품의 일반적인 적합성에 대한 요턴의 특정 지침을 참조해야 합니다.

이 문서가 다른 언어들 사이의 불일치로 인해 문제가 있을 경우, 영어(영국) 버전을 우선으로 합니다.

최초작: 8 5월 2023 페이지: 5/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

Approved 3140;3240;4320 1,2 3140 polyurethane ^(ValidationDate) 1

Hardtop XP

Product description
This is a two component chemically curing aliphatic acrylic polyurethane coating. It has a glossy finish with very
good gloss retention. It is a high solids product. The product has good application properties with low dry spray.
To be used as topcoat in atmospheric environments.

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist with efficient and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent.
Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh water.
Paint solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for painting due
to the risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat small localized
areas of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are turned and
replaced often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water.

Process sequence

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all welding, degreasing, removal of
sharp edges, weld spatter and treatment of welds is complete. It is important that all hot work is completed
before coating commences.

Coated surfaces

Verification of existing coatings including primers

When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Organic primers/intermediates

Date of issue: 3 May 2023 Page: 1/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Hardtop XP

The surface of previous coats shall be free from contamination by water, hydrocarbon based products, wax, mud,
mortar droppings and loose, chalked and flaking coating.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline emulsifying
detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-pressure
water cleaning (ISO 8501-4) using fresh water. Surfaces not contaminated with hydrocarbon deposits shall be
washed according to ISO 12944-4, section 6.2.1 Water cleaning using fresh water to reduce surface chlorides.
When applied on coatings past maximum over coating interval light abrading may be required to achieve proper
intercoat adhesion.

Application
Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application
Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Air temperature 5 - 50 °C
Substrate temperature 5 - 60 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 10 - 85 %

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet
• Do not apply the coating if the weather is clearly deteriorating or unfavourable for application or curing
• Do not apply the coating in high wind conditions

Product mixing

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Hardtop XP Comp A 10 part(s)


Hardtop XP Comp B 1 part(s)

Product mixing

The coating shall be mixed with an air powered mechanical paint mixing tool that is clean and fit for purpose.
Mix complete units only.

Induction time and Pot life

Paint temperature 23 °C 40 °C

Pot life 1.5 h 50 min

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the product is mixed.
Ensure that pot life is not exceeded during application. Special care must be taken at temperatures above 40°C.
The viscosity will increase very fast at such temperatures.

Thinner/Cleaning solvent

Date of issue: 3 May 2023 Page: 2/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Hardtop XP

Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 10 / Jotun Thinner No. 26

Jotun Thinner No. 26 is supplied and used in USA due to legislation.

Jotun Thinner No 63 can be used for faster curing. Max addition; 5%. Please note that addition of Thinner No 63
will give reduced polife depending on ambient temperature.

Application data

Spray application

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 42:1


Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 150 bar/2100 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 13-19
Nozzle output (litres/minute) : 0.9-1.9
Filters (mesh) : 70

Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at the nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- extended hoses or hose bundles
- extended hose whip-end line
- small internal diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- incorrect or clogged filters

Air Spray Equipment


Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : HVLP: 2.1 bar/30 psi / Pressure pot: 2.1 bar/30 psi
Nozzle tip: HVLP: 11-19 (inch/1000) / Pressure pot: 1.1-1.9 (mm)

Other application tools

Roller application

Can be applied by roller. The addition of a small volume of thinner is recommended to achieve better flow. As
with brush, it will be necessary to apply additional coats to achieve a similar dry film thickness when the coating
is applied by airless or air spray. Roller is not recommended for application direct to prepared metal, and for
stripe coating.

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 50 - 100 μm


Wet film thickness 80 - 160 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 12.6 - 6.3 m²/l

Bright colours may need film thickness in the high end of the recommended specification range to achieve
opacity.

Special effect colours may have diverging specification range. Refer to the Application Guide (AG) for additional
information or contact your nearest Jotun office.

Date of issue: 3 May 2023 Page: 3/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Hardtop XP

RAL 1026, Luminous yellow, has recommended dry film specification range 90 - 120 µm. To maintain the gloss
and the special effect colour over coating with Hardtop Clear is recommended.

This product can be applied up to 50 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical
properties.

Film thickness measurement


Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A). The measurements should be done as soon
as possible after application.
Fast drying paints may give incorrect (too low) readings resulting in excessive dry film thickness. For multi layer
physically drying (resoluble) coating systems the wet film thickness comb may give too high readings resulting
in too low dry film thickness of the intermediate and top coats.
Use a wet-to-dry film calculation table (available on the Jotun Web site) to calculate the required wet film
thickness per coat.

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring adjacent to and no further than 15 mm from the weld.

Ventilation

Sufficient ventilation is very important to ensure proper drying/curing of the film.

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss.
Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 16 h 6h 3.5 h 2h


Walk-on-dry 24 h 14 h 7h 4h
Dry to over coat, minimum 24 h 14 h 7h 4h
Dried/cured for service 21 d 14 d 7d 3d

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Date of issue: 3 May 2023 Page: 4/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Hardtop XP

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water cleaning using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

Itself extended extended extended extended

Other conditions that can affect drying / curing / over coating


Adding anti-skid to the coating system

Anti skid aggregate should only be added in the final coat, and should not be used in single coat systems.
Spread the aggregate evenly on the surface before half of time to Surface dry. Use Jotun Anti-skid, fine particle
size (180 - 250 µm), for coatings applied in 50 to 150 µm DFT. The recommended usage is 1.5 - 2.0 kg per 10
litres of paint.

Water/Moisture contamination

If the wet coating is exposed to relative humidity above 85% or to moisture before the coating is at least Walk-
on-dry, then blushing may occur. Blushing will cause fading of bright colours, and will affect the gloss. Provided
the coating is fully dried/cured the protective properties will not be affected.
All affected areas should be lightly sanded, cleaned and recoated.
Repair of coating system

Damages to the coating layers:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough cleaning/vacuuming. When the
surface is clean and dry the coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original
specification.
Always observe the maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating interval is exceeded the
surface should be carefully roughened in order to ensure good intercoat adhesion.

Damages exposing bare substrate:


Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by spot blasting, mechanical grinding, water and/or
solvent washing. Feather edges and roughen the overlap zone of surrounding intact coating. Apply the coating
system specified for repair.

Application at higher temperatures (>40°C)

Date of issue: 3 May 2023 Page: 5/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Hardtop XP

Application of polyurethane topcoats in hot weather or on hot substrates can result in loss of gloss due to rapid
curing. Affected areas should be lightly sanded and the coating reapplied. Slower evaporating thinners could
assist in improving adhesion. To be discussed with your Jotun technical representative.

Self on self-application can give poorer adhesive properties for the second layer at elevated temperatures. To
achieve an optimum result, the surface should be lightly abraded with a scouring pad before application of a
second layer.

Coating film continuity

When required by the specification, the coating shall be tested for film discontinuity according to ASTM D 5162,
test method A or B as appropriate for the actual dry film thickness.
All recorded defects shall be repaired by best practical means.

Quality assurance
The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle
- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.
Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.
Health and safety
Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.
Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.
Colour variation
When applicable, products primarily meant for use as primers or antifoulings may have slight colour variations
from batch to batch. Such products and epoxy based products used as a finish coat may chalk when exposed to
sunlight and weathering.

Colour and gloss retention on topcoats/finish coats may vary depending on type of colour, exposure
environment such as temperature, UV intensity etc., application quality and generic type of paint. Contact your
local Jotun office for further information.
Reference to related documents

Date of issue: 3 May 2023 Page: 6/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Hardtop XP

The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Symbols and abbreviations


min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet
h = hours AG = Application Guide
d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet
°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity
g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment
g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
IMO = International Maritime Organization
ASFP = Association for Specialist Fire Protection

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 3 May 2023 Page: 7/7

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
기술 자료 시트

Approved 30382;30383 1,2 30382 에폭시 ^(ValidationDate) 1

Tankguard HB Classic

제품 특성
2액형의 폴리아민 경화형 에폭시 도료입니다. 양호한 내약품성을 가집니다. 대기와 침수 환경에서 프라이머, 중도 또는 상도도장
으로 사용할 수 있습니다. 적절하게 준비된 탄소강, 아연도금 강재, 스테인레스 강재와 콘크리트 재질에 적합합니다.

용도
선박:
케미칼 탱크에 대한 탱크 내부도장용으로 설계되었습니다. 이 도장은 광범위한 제품들에 양호한 저항성을 가지고 있습니다.
www.jotunprl.com에서 선박제품 저항성 목록을 참조하십시오 가정용 배수, 굴착 진흙, 소금물 및 원유 탱크코팅으로 사용할 수
있습니다.

중방식:
해상, 육상, 매몰 탱크와 파이프의 내부 라이닝으로 추천됩니다. 중방식제품 저항성 목록을 참조하십시오
기타

승인 및 인증
미국 연방 의약청, FDA 제목 21, 파트 175.300에 따라, 건조 및 액체 식품에 대한 노출 승인됨
IMO Res.288(87)에 따라 PSPC 원유 탱크에 대해 승인됨
추가 인증서 및 승인을 요청하실 수 있습니다.

색상
분홍색, 회색, 황색

제품 정보
물성 시험/표준 서술

부피 고형분 ISO 3233 65 ± 2 %


광택 수준 (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 무광 (0-35)
인화점 ISO 3679 Method 1 23.5 ℃
비중 계산값 1.5 kg/l
VOC-미국/홍콩 US EPA method 24 (실험된) 330 g/l
(CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (이론적 인) 405 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (실험된) 318 g/l
(최대 희석 비율 포함)

제공되는 데이터는 일반적으로 공장에서 생산되는 제품이고, 색상에 따라 약간의 차이가 있습니다.
광택 설명: 요턴 퍼포먼스 코팅 정의에 따르면

최초작: 15 6월 2023 페이지: 1/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard HB Classic

1회도장 도막두께
일반적인 권장 사양 범위

건조 도막 두께 80 - 160 미크론
습도막 두께 125 - 245 미크론
이론 도포율 8.1 - 4.1 m²/l

최대 추천도막두께는 중첩구역과 도장하기 어려운 영역에서 종종 초과됩니다.

표면 처리

부착성, 부식방지, 내열성 및 내화학성을 포함한 최적의 성능은 권장되는 표면처리로 달성됩니다.

표면 처리 요약 테이블

표면 처리

소지 최소 추천

탄소강 Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1)

도장된 표면 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한


도장 도장
콘크리트 SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6의 건식 연마재 SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6의 건식 연마재
블라스트처리. 블라스트처리.
스테인레스 강재 표면에 스크래치 패턴을 부여하기 위해 표면 날카롭고 각이 진 표면조도를 달성하기 위해
을 비금속 연마재로 손이나 기계로 연마하거 승인된 적합한 비금속 연마재를 사용하여 표
나 접착 섬유 기계 또는 손연마 패드로 연마 면조도를 얻기 위한 연마재 블라스팅 세정.
해야 합니다.
아연도금 강재 표면은 깨끗하고 건조해야 하며, 거칠고 무 비금속 연마재를 사용한 스윕 블라스트 클리
딘 조도가 나타나야 합니다. 닝으로 깨끗하고, 거칠고, 균일한 패턴을 남
깁니다.

도장
도장 방법
제품으로 적용할 수 있습니다.

스프레이: 에어리스 스프레이 사용.


붓: 스트라입 도장과 작은 구역에 추천됩니다. 규정된 건조도막두께를 도장하기 위해서는 유의해야 합니다.
롤러: 롤러 도장은 스캘럽, 작은 구멍, 작은 배관 등에만 사용해야 합니다.

최초작: 15 6월 2023 페이지: 2/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard HB Classic

제품 혼합 비율 (부피비)

Tankguard HB Classic Comp A 4 파트


Tankguard HB Classic Comp B 1 파트

신나/세척 용제
신나: Jotun Thinner No. 23

에어리스 스프레이 안내 자료
노즐 팁 (inch/1000): 17-23

분사 압력 (최소): 150 bar/2100 psi

건조와 경화 시간
소지 온도 0℃ 5 °C 10 °C 15 ℃ 23 °C 30 °C 40 °C

표면 (지촉) 건조 24 h 14 h 8h 6h 3 h 2 h 1 h
보행 건조 30 h 20 h 10 h 8h 4 h 3 h 2 h
재도장시간, 최소 34 h 24 h 12 h 10 h 4 h 3 h 2 h
침수 건조/경화 18 d 13 d 6d 5d 4 d 3 d 2 d
서비스 건조/경화 38 d 26 d 13 d 11 d 7 d 5 d 3 d

최대 재도장간격은 이 제품의 적용 가이드 (AG)를 참조하십시오.

건조와 경화시간은 제어된 온도와 상대습도 85% 이하 및 제품의 평균 DFT에서 결정됩니다.

표면(터치)건조 : 약간의 손가락 압력으로 지문이나 끈적임을 남기지 않는 정도의 건조상태.

보행 건조: 영구적인 흔적, 자국 또는 다른 물리적 손상을 제외한 일반적인 보행을 견딜 수 있는 도장의 최소 건조시간.

최소 재도장시간: 후속도장이 적용되기 전에 권장되는 가장 짧은 시간.

침수 건조/경화 : 도장이 해수에 영구적으로 침수되기 전의 최소 시간.

서비스 건조/경화: 도장이 중간 환경에 영구적으로 노출되기 전의 최소 시간.

유도 시간 및 가사 시간
도료 온도 0℃ 10 °C 23 °C 30 °C 40 °C

유도 시간 15 min 10 min 10 min 10 min 5 min


가사 시간 5h 3h 2h 1.5 h 45 min

높은 온도에서는 감소합니다.

최초작: 15 6월 2023 페이지: 3/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard HB Classic

내열성
온도
연속 정점

건조 대기 120 ℃ 140 ℃
침적, 해수 60 ℃ 60 ℃
침적, 원유 90 ℃ 90 ℃

자세한 정보는 요턴 웹사이트내 선박제품 저항성 목록과/또는 중방식제품 저항성 목록에서 찾아 보거나 가까운 요턴지역 사무실
에 문의하십시오.

정점 온도 지속 최대 1시간.
열거된 온도는 보호물성 유지와 관련이 있습니다. 이 온도에서 미적 물성은 다소 저하될 수 있습니다.
도장은 특정 화공약품과 침수가 지속적이거나 간헐적인지에 따라 다양한 침수 온도 저항성을 가질 것입니다. 내열성은 전체의
도장시스템에 의해 영향을 받습니다. 만약 시스템의 일부로 사용하는 경우, 시스템의 모든 도장과 유사한 내열성을 보장하게 됩
니다.

제품 호환성
도장시스템의 실제 노출에 따라 다양한 프라이머와 상도가 이 제품과 조합하여 사용할 수 있습니다. 몇가지 예는 다음과 같습니
다. 특정 추천사양은 Jotun에 문의하십시오.

이전 도장: 에폭시
후속 도장: 에폭시

포장 (대표적)
부피 용기 크기
(리터) (리터)

Tankguard HB Classic Comp A 16 20


Tankguard HB Classic Comp B 4 5

비고. 각 지역의 현지규정에 따라 포장용량은 다를 수 있습니다.

보관
제품은 반드시 국가규정에 따라 보관되어야 합니다. 보관장소는 화염이나 발화원으로 부터 멀리 떨어진 선선하고, 건조하며, 통
풍이 잘되는 장소에 보관되어야 합니다. 보관 용기는 반드시 밀봉되어야 합니다. 취급에 주의합니다.

저장기간 23 °C
Tankguard HB Classic Comp A 24 개월
Tankguard HB Classic Comp B 24 개월

일부 시장에서 현지규정에 따라 상업적으로 저장기간이 짧을 수 있습니다. 상기는 최소 저장기간이며, 그 후에는 도료 품질을 재


검사해야 합니다.

최초작: 15 6월 2023 페이지: 4/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard HB Classic

주의사항
이 제품은 전문가만 사용할 수 있습니다. 작업자와 조작자는 훈련 및 경험이 있어야 하며, 요턴의 기술자료에 따라 올바르게 혼
합/교반하여 도장할 수 있는 능력과 장비를 가지고 있어야 합니다. 이 제품을 사용할 경우 도장작업자는 적절한 개인 보호 장비
를 착용해야 합니다. 이 지침서는 제품의 현재 지식을 바탕으로 제공한 것입니다. 현장 조건에 맞게 제안된 편차는 작업을 시작
하기 전에 승인을 위해 요턴 담당자에게 전달해야 합니다.

건강과 안전
용기에 표기된 주의 사항을 준수하십시오. 통풍이 잘되는 곳에서 사용하십시오. 스프레이 미스트를 마시지 마십시오. 피부 접촉
을 피하십시오. 피부에 접촉시 적절한 세척제, 비누, 물 등으로 제거하십시오. 눈은 물로 잘 씻어내야 하며 즉시 치료해야 합니다
.

색상 변화
프라이머 또는 방오도료를 주로 사용하는 경우 각 제품마다 약간의 색상 차이가 있을 수 있습니다. 마감 코팅으로 사용되는 이러
한 제품 및 에폭시 기반 제품은 햇빛과 풍화에 노출될 때 쵸킹될 수 있습니다.

탑코트/마감 코팅의 색상 및 광택 유지는 색상의 유형, 온도, 자외선 강도 등과 같은 노출 환경, 도포 품질 및 일반적인 페인트 유
형에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 지역 Jotun 사무소에 문의하십시오.

추가사항
본 문서에 기재된 정보는 실험과 요턴의 실질 경험을 통해 검증된 최상의 정보를 제공한 것입니다. 요턴의 제품은 반제품으로 고
려되고, 요턴 통제밖의 추천용도 이외에 다른 목적으로 사용될 경우도 있기 때문에 당사는 어떠한 보증도 하지 않으며, 제품 그
자체의 품질에 대해서만 보증합니다. 지역 요구사항을 준수하기 위해 약간의 제품변형은 구현될 수 있습니다. 본 문서는 사전 예
고없이 새로운 정보로 변경될 수 있습니다.

사용자는 항상 특정 적용 사례에 대해 제품의 일반적인 적합성에 대한 요턴의 특정 지침을 참조해야 합니다.

이 문서가 다른 언어들 사이의 불일치로 인해 문제가 있을 경우, 영어(영국) 버전을 우선으로 합니다.

최초작: 15 6월 2023 페이지: 5/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

Approved 30382;30383 1,2 30382 epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1

Tankguard HB Classic

Product description
This is a two component polyamine cured epoxy coating. It has good chemical resistance. Can be used as primer,
mid coat or finish coat in atmospheric and immersed environments. Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel,
galvanised steel, stainless steel and concrete substrates.

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist with efficient and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

A successful tankcoating job is dependent on the quality of planning and performance of the following activities
and are covered in this document:
- Staging
- Lighting
- Steel preparation
- Surface preparation
- Coating application
- Health and safety control

Projects specified to the requirements in Performance Standard


for Protective Coatings (PSPC)
For application and repair / maintenance requirements according to IMO MSC.215 (82) for dedicated Sea Water
Ballast Tanks (WBT), and/or to IMO MSC.288 (87) for Cargo Oil Tanks of Crude Oil Tankers (COT) reference is
made to the PSPC Appendix in this document.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent.
Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh water.
Paint solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for painting due
to the risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat small localized
areas of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are turned and
replaced often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water.
When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Process sequence

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 1/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all welding, degreasing, removal of
sharp edges, weld spatter and treatment of welds is complete. It is important that all hot work is completed
before coating commences.

Soluble salts removal


Soluble salts have a negative impact on the coating systems performance, especially when immersed. Jotun's
general recommendations for maximum soluble salts (sampled and measured as per ISO 8502-6 and -9)
content on a surface are:

Crude oil tanks (PSPC): 50 mg/m²


Chemical tanks: 50 mg/m²

Carbon steel
Initial rust grade

The steel shall preferably be Rust Grade A or B (ISO 8501-1). The use of C grade steel requires more thorough
surface preparation and possibly more paint to achieve the specified DFT. The chloride contamination risk with
Rust Grade C steel is significantly higher, so if this steel is used the frequency of inspection and testing for
surface salt content should be increased and emphasized.

Metal finishing

All welds, sharp edges and corners shall be prepared to conform to ISO 8501-3 Table 1, minimum grade P2 or
NACE RP0178 grade D comparator. Defective welds shall be replaced and treated to an acceptable finish before
painting. All edges shall have a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm subjected to three pass grinding or equally
effective method. One may use a mechanical grinder fitted with a suitable abrasive disc. All sharp irregularities,
burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on welds, whether apparent before or after blast cleaning, shall be removed
before coating application. Welding smoke is water soluble and it is most efficiently removed by water cleaning.
Before blasting it is necessary to carry out high pressure fresh water washing if the salt level is high, in order to
avoid high salt level after blasting. All debris should be removed and the tank allowed to dry.

Pitting repair

Pittings in steel can be difficult to cover fully with most coatings. In some areas it is practically feasible to use
filler to fill pittings. This should then be done either after the initial surface preparation or after application of
first coat. For tank coating and lining used for chemical exposure the recommendation is to fill pitts through
welding, since using fillers may negatively affect the coating systems' chemical resistance and flexibility.

Abrasive blast cleaning


Application of protective coating shall commence before degradation of the surface standard occurs.

Cleanliness

After pre-treatment is complete, the surface shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using
abrasive media suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile.

Surface profile

Recommended surface profile 50-100 µm, grade Medium to Coarse G (ISO 8503-2). Measure the achieved
profile with surface replication tape (Testex) to ISO 8503-5 or by a surface roughness stylus instrument (ISO
8503-4).

Abrasive media quality

The mineral abrasive may be of any material that meets the specified requirements. It shall be composed of
clean, sound, hard particles free from foreign substances such as dirt, oil, grease, toxic substances, paint,
organic matter and water soluble salts. (According to ISO 11125 and ISO 11126).
The moisture content for material delivered shall not exceed 0.5% (by weight) and the conductivity when tested
according to ISO 11127-7 shall not exceed 250 µS/cm.

Compressed air quality

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 2/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

The supply of clean air to blasting pots must be secured to avoid contamination of abrasive and thereby of blast
cleaned surfaces. Compressors must be fitted with sufficient traps for oil and water. It is also recommended to fit
two water separators at the blasting machine to ensure a supply of moisture-free air to the abrasive chamber.

Dust contamination

On completion of abrasive blasting, the prepared surface shall be vacuum cleaned to remove residues of
corrosion products and abrasive media, and inspected for particulate contamination.
Maximum dust quantity rating 1 (ISO 8502-3). Dust size no greater than class 2. Continue cleaning until testing
shows the required result.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

Power tool cleaning

Minor damage of the coating may be prepared to St 3 (ISO 8501-1). Suitable method is disc grinding with rough
discs only. Ensure the surface is free from mill scale, residual corrosion, failed coating and is suitable for painting.
The surface should appear rough and mat.
Overlapping zones to intact coating shall have all leading edges feathered back by sanding methods to remove
all sharp leading edges and establish a smooth transition from the exposed substrate to the surrounding coating.
Consecutive layers of coating shall be feathered to expose each layer and new coating shall always overlap to an
abraded existing layer. Abrade intact coatings around the damaged areas for a minimum 100 mm to ensure a
mat, rough surface profile, suitable for over coating.

Stainless steel

Tank interior details of stainless steel may be coated with this product provided it is treated to the same
standard as the tank surface. However, it is not necessary to treat and paint stainless steel material. In general
only a minor overlap of 5 cm is recommended on items such as handrails, ladders, support and similar.

Abrasive blast cleaning

The surface to be coated shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned as required for the specified surface profile using
non-metallic abrasive media which is suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile. As a guide, a
surface profile corresponding to 25-55 µm, grade Fine G; Ry5 (ISO 8503-2) should be achieved. Examples of
recommended abrasives are:
• Ferrite free almandite garnet grade 30/60 and 80 grade (US Mesh size)
• Aluminium oxide grade G24

Passivation of material:
Passivation of stainless steel should preferably be done before installation in the tank. If done in the tank, care
should be taken on protection of coated surface and the coating system during passivation.

Chlorinated or chlorine containing solvents or detergents must not be used on stainless steel.

Concrete
The concrete should be minimum 4 weeks old. Applying any coating before this time will greatly increase the
chance of the coating debonding. The moisture content of the conrete should be checked prior to the application
of the coating and should not be higher than 5%.
Clean – A clean concrete surface should contain nothing other than its original components. Oils, grease, dust,
dirt, chemicals, curing compounds, form release oils, sealers or hardeners must be removed prior to coating.
Sound – Concrete that has unsound areas (voids, hollow spots, and friable surface) may have to be removed,
replaced or repaired with materials that are compatible with the subsequent coating system.
Dry – It is important to address dryness because most coatings require a dry surface for proper adhesion.
Moisture contained within the concrete may compromise coating adhesion.

Sand sweeping

Dry abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6. Where the concrete has become contaminated with oils,
grease, or fuels, water emulsifiable degreasers-cleaners may be used to remove these contaminants. It is
important to only clean an area that can be fully washed down after degreasing before any of the cleaner can
dry on the surface. Where the contamination has penetrated deep in to the substrate it may be necessary to use
Flame/ Thermal cleaning. All prepared surfaces should then have all “blow holes” and other surface defects filled
with suitable filler that is compatible with the primer and finish coat system to ensure that the coating can be
applied over a smooth and regular substrate.

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 3/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

Diamond disc grinding

Diamond grind the surface to remove all laitance and expose the aggregates.

Coated surfaces

Shop primers

Shop primers are accepted as temporary protection of steel plates and profiles. However the shopprimer should
be completely removed through blast cleaning to minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using abrasive media suitable
to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile 50-100 µm, grade Medium G; Ry5 (ISO 8503- 2).

Application
Environmental conditions
Normally dehumidifier should be used during blasting, cleaning and painting. In addition, if low temperatures
and heating is required, the steel temperature should achieve a stable temperature throughout blasting,
cleaning and painting till curing is complete. It is wise to ensure that adjacent spaces are kept heated as well.
This to reduce any risk of "Cold Wall" effect or "Skin Dry" effect upon the coating.

Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application


Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Air temperature 0 - 50 °C
Substrate temperature 0 - 50 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 10 - 85 %

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet

Material storage conditions


In hot climates the paint should be kept in a shaded and ventilated area, not in direct sunlight. In cold climates,
pre-heating of the paint in the can shall be maintained above 15 °C, as this will provide more optimal curing
condition.

Product mixing

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Tankguard HB Classic Comp A 4 part(s)


Tankguard HB Classic Comp B 1 part(s)

Product mixing

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 4/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

The temperature of the wet coating will affect its viscosity. Low temperature will increase viscosity, high
temperatures will reduce it.

Mechanically stir component A. Add component B slowly to component A, while continuously stirring. Make sure
that all of component B is added into component A. Continue stirring until the mixture is homogenous. Do not
combine the components until you are ready to start application, and take note of the recommended induction
time for the product, especially in colder weather.

The temperature of base and curing agent should preferably be 15°C or higher when the paint is applied. As
with lower temperatures, there is an increased risk of amine sweating after application. The viscosity will
increase at lower temperatures and longer induction time is needed. Induction time is the time where the mixed
product is left in the can in order to get curing of the product initiated.
The induction time is important to make the curing process start. In hot weather only one set of pre-mixed
components should be combined in order to avoid inconvenient pot life expiry.
Monitor the volume of mixed product. When the previous set is low in volume, mix the next set and add it to the
paint container.

Induction time and Pot life

Paint temperature 0 °C 10 °C 23 °C 30 °C 40 °C

Induction time 15 min 10 min 10 min 10 min 5 min


Pot life 5h 3h 2h 1.5 h 45 min

Reduced at higher temperatures

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the product is mixed.

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 23

Thinning may be required to adjust the spray pattern and for rolling and brushing. Thinning will lower the
viscosity, which can reduce sag resistance. Thinning must be done with care as this will result in a lower
maximum thickness. Excessive thinning can also lead to solvent entrapment, particularly in hot weather.
Thinning should be kept at a minimum.
Measure the thinner volume accurately with a measuring container. Do not add thinner by eye measurement.
Always have sufficient tools available in order to be able to dismantle and clean out the application equipment
should blockages or an unscheduled stop to the work occur.
When using single leg airless spray and conventional air spray equipment ensure the pump, pressure pot, lines
and gun are fully flushed with thinner after spraying stops for a prolonged period.
When using two component airless spray ensure the mixing chamber, material hose and gun are flushed with
thinner when spraying stops for a prolonged period.

For the main coat, maximum 5% thinning. For touch-up / stripe coat, up to 15% thinning is acceptable.
Jotun Thinner No. 23 is recommended.

It is of vital importance that the nozzle and other parts of the spray equipment are cleaned properly directly
after spraying, in order to prevent cured paint inside the equipment.

Hoses should be of good quality and not longer than necessary. If longer hoses are used it may be necessary to
increase the pump capacity/pressure. Lower temperature paint will also have an impact on the pressure due to
the increase of viscosity.

Ideally the pump stations should be situated close to the tank and sheltered. In cold climate condition this
should be a heated area.
Increasing hose diameter may ease paint flow thereby improving the spray fan with good atomization.

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 5/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

Application data

Spray application

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 42:1


Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 150 bar/2100 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 17-23
Nozzle output (litres/minute) : 1.3-2.2
Filters (mesh) : 70

Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at the nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- extended hoses or hose bundles
- extended hose whip-end line
- small internal diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- incorrect or clogged filters

It is of vital importance that the nozzle and other parts of the spray equipment are cleaned properly directly
after the work is done due to the on-going curing process. If a pail is used under the spray pump and new paint
poured into it, this pail must be changed regularly so that paint material with expired pot life is not sucked into
the spray gun.
The hoses should be of good quality, clean and as short as possible.
Increasing hose diameter may ease paint flow thereby improving the spray fan. If longer hoses are used it may
be necessary to increase the pump capacity. The hose length and diameter selection is also temperature
dependent. Hose selection is also influenced by the elevation of the spray gun above the pump.

Other application tools

Brush application

Suitable for application by brush. Recommended for first coat or stripe coating application in corners, on edges
and other areas difficult to reach. A stiff brush is recommended. It will be necessary to apply additional coats to
achieve a similar dry film thickness as when the coating is applied by airless spray.

Roller application

Suitable for application by roller. The addition of a small volume of thinner is recommended to achieve improved
flow. In tanks roller is recommended for scallops and rat holes only.

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 80 - 160 μm


Wet film thickness 125 - 245 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 8.1 - 4.1 m²/l

Maximum recommended film thickness is often exceeded in overlap zones and in difficult-to-spray areas.

This product can be applied up to 50 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical
properties.

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 6/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

Film thickness measurement


Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A). The measurements should be done as soon
as possible after application.
Fast drying paints may give incorrect (too low) readings resulting in excessive dry film thickness. For multi layer
physically drying (resoluble) coating systems the wet film thickness comb may give too high readings resulting
in too low dry film thickness of the intermediate and top coats.
Use a wet-to-dry film calculation table (available on the Jotun Web site) to calculate the required wet film
thickness per coat.

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring adjacent to and no further than 15 cm from the weld.

Application / Drying / Curing considerations

Pay close attention to both spraying technique and the correct setting of equipment during application in order
to achieve an even, pinhole free film. A combination of the correct inbound air / outbound material pressure,
correct airless tip or spray set up and a 30-50 cm gun to substrate distance is recommended. Apply the coating
in even and uniform parallel passes and overlap each pass 50% to achieve an even film. Use a painter’s wet film
comb during application to control the wet to dry film thickness of the coating.

Ventilation

When a tank coating is applied the solvent will evaporate and produce an explosive atmosphere unless the
solvent concentration is kept at a non-explosive level. Forced artificial ventilation will be required. During
application it is recommended to provide enough ventilation to have a safe work environment and to ensure
that solvent concentration in the tank at no time exceeds the maximum permitted according to local health and
safety regulations. This is usually 10% of the product’s Lower Explosive Limit.
As a guideline for good ventilation, after application of each coat the confined space should be ventilated with
3-5 cycles per hour. After final coat maintain 3-5 cycles per hour for minimum 48 hours. Thereafter the number
of cycles can be reduced to 1-2 cycles per hour until coating is fully cured.

Stripe coating

The stripe coat sequence can be either of the following:

1. Surface preparation, full coat, stripe coat. This sequence can be used when a large substrate area has been
prepared and leaving the substrate exposed for a long time while doing stripe coating could lead to surface
deterioration.
2. Surface preparation, stripe coat, full coat.

In general Jotun recommends alternative 1 because it reduces the risk that “new” contamination will be
introduced to the uncoated substrate.
Walking on the blast cleaned substrate in order to do the stripe coating presents a risk for such contamination.
It is important to pay special attention to edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners, scallops etc. and to apply a
stripe coat to these areas where the spray fan may not reach or deposit an even film.
When applying a stripe coat to bare metal use only a stiff, round stripe coating brush to ensure surface wetting
and filling of pits in the surface.
Stripe coating shall be of a different colour to the main primer coat and the topcoat colour and should be applied
in an even film thickness, avoiding excessive brush marks in order to avoid entrapped air. Care should be taken
to avoid excessive film thickness. Pay additional attention to pot life during application of stripe coats.
Jotun recommends a minimum of one stripe coat. A second stripe coat will be beneficial in order to ensure that
sufficient paint material is applied to the critical parts of the object.

After each full coat and before stripe coat and dry spray, runs or excessive thickness to be removed by glass,
fibrepad, scouring pad, fine sandpaper and subsequently vacuum cleaned prior to stripe coating.

Each coat of the system must be a closed film and free from over spray, curtaining, sags, holidays, grit and dirt
inclusion. Any such defects are to be repaired prior to the application of the next coat of the system, and within
the overcoating limits of the paints. Any dust caused by the repair of defects is to be removed from the tank by
vacuum cleaning.

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 7/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

Drying process

Do not attempt to speed up the curing process by blowing hot air on to the wet coating film as this may lead to
skin drying/curing, entrapped solvents and consequently solvent blistering and inferior corrosion protection.

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss.
Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 0 °C 5 °C 10 °C 15 °C 23 °C 30 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 24 h 14 h 8h 6h 3 h 2 h 1 h


Walk-on-dry 30 h 20 h 10 h 8h 4 h 3 h 2 h
Dry to over coat, minimum 34 h 24 h 12 h 10 h 4 h 3 h 2 h
Dried/cured for immersion 18 d 13 d 6d 5d 4 d 3 d 2 d
Dried/cured for service 38 d 26 d 13 d 11 d 7d 5d 3d

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for immersion: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently immersed in sea water.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water jetting to Wa 1 (ISO 8501-4) using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 8/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during 0 °C 5 °C 10 °C 15 °C 23 °C 30 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

Itself 60 d 40 d 25 d 23 d 21 d 17 d 7d
epoxy 60 d 40 d 25 d 23 d 21 d 17 d 7d

Areas for immersed exposure


Average temperature during 0 °C 5 °C 10 °C 15 °C 23 °C 30 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

Itself 40 d 30 d 25 d 23 d 21 d 17 d 7d
epoxy 40 d 30 d 25 d 23 d 21 d 17 d 7d

Other conditions that can affect drying / curing / over coating

Repair of coating system

Superficial damages not exposing bare substrate:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough cleaning/vacuuming. When the
surface is dry and clean the coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original
specification. Always observe the minimum and maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating
interval is exceeded the surface should be carefully roughened in order to ensure good intercoat adhesion.

Damages exposing bare substrate:


Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by spot blasting, mechanical grinding, water- and/or
solvent washing.

Damage to the coating that exposes bare steel are recommended to be dry abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½
(ISO 8501-1) assuming it is practically viable, preferably by the use of vacuum blasting equipment. Minor
coating damages in which the individual size is less than 20 cm X 20 cm, and the accumulated area is less than
1 m² or 0.1% of the total coated surfaces, whichever is the smaller extent may be prepared to St 3 (ISO
8501-1). Care must be taken to avoid polishing of the bare steel surface. Feather edges and roughen the
overlap zone of surrounding intact coating.

In cases where there are minor mechanical or stress related damages in a tank after sea-trial or water
immersion testing, one has to consider the amount of damages compared to how many potential new damages
will be made when re-installing scaffolding. For minor areas mechanical grinding and touch up is considered
common practice. Hard to reach spots shall be repaired using best practical means and methods.

Overlapping zones to intact coating shall be masked off with a minimum 200 mm distance to the damage and
should cover the surrounding area so that overspray to sound coating does not occur during repair application.
Edges of intact coating around damage shall be feathered to ensure a smooth transition from the coating to the
prepared steel. Consecutive layers of coating shall be feathered to expose each layer and new coating shall
always overlap to an abraded existing layer.

Apply the coating system specified for repair.

Areas with too low DFT:


Roughen the surface, vacuum and apply new coating according to specification.

Areas with too high DFT:


Areas with with DFT above maximum specified for isolated areas shall be ground down to acceptable thickness,
or down to bare steel and recoated.

Coating film continuity

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 9/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

Jotun recommends that all coating systems for immersion shall be inspected for film continuity/defects by visual
observation of pin hole rusting through the coating after tank hydro-testing or sea water immersion during sea
trials. Alternatively, full immersion of tanks in combination with tanks fully saturated by tank cleaning machine(s
), soaking all surfaces with sea water and creating a high condensation environment during sea trials.

All noted defects shall be repaired or reported as outstanding issues.

For onshore storage tanks or for tanks where sea water immersion may not be permitted or practical, coating
shall be tested for film continuity/defects as described in ASTM D 5162, method A or B as appropriate for the
coating thickness.

The recommended voltage is 500 volts per 100 μm DFT. The acceptance criterion is no defects. Defects found
shall be repaired as per coating specification.

Performance Standard for Protective Coatings (PSPC)


PSPC Appendix (WBT / COT)
Application requirements particular for coating according to Performance Standard for Protective
Coatings (PSPC) of cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers to IMO Resolution MSC.288(87) and
dedicated seawater ballast tanks to IMO Resolution MSC.215 (82)

Job specification
There shall be a minimum of two stripe coats and two spray coats, except that the second stripe coat, by way of
welded seams only, may be reduced in scope where it is proven that the NDFT (nominal total dry film thickness)
can be met by the coats applied in order to avoid unnecessary over thickness. Any reduction in scope of the
second stripe coat shall be fully detailed in the CTF.

NDFT (nominal total dry film thickness)


NDFT 320 µm with 90/10 rule. (Minimum 90 % of all DFT measurements shall be greater than or equal to the
NDFT and none of the remaining 10 % measurements shall be below 0.9 x NDFT).

Maximum DFT 2000 µm is acceptable for isolated spots only, and should not extend to more than 1% of the
total tank area.

PRIMARY SURFACE PREPARATION

Blasting and surface profile:


Cleanliness minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1)
Surface profile 30-75 µm (ISO 8503-2)

Blasting shall not be carried out when:


- the relative humidity is above 85 %
- the surface temperature of steel is less than 3 °C above the dew point

Water soluble salts limit equivalent to NaCl


Maximum 50 mg/m² of sodium chloride (ISO 8502-6/9)

SECONDARY SURFACE PREPARATION

Steel condition
For steel preparation, PSPC makes reference to grade P2 (ISO 8501-3). All sharp edges are to be rounded to a
radius of minimum 2 mm, subject to a three-pass grinding, or treated with an alternative process giving an edge
profile that results in a dry film thickness retention corresponding to or better than a three pass grinding. Sharp
edges mean all edges except natural rounded/rolled edges of sections.

Surface treatment
Cleanliness minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) on damaged shop primer and welds.

Surface treatment after erection

Cargo oil tanks (COT), IMO Resolution MSC.288 (87)


Erection joints minimum St 3 or Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) where practicable.

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 10/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

For inner bottom:


- Damages up to 20 % of the area to be coated to be treated to minimum St 3
- Contiguous damages over 25 m² or over 20 % of the area to be coated, Sa 2½ shall be applied

For underdeck:
- Damages up to 3 % of area to be coated to be treated to minimum St 3
- Contiguous damages over 25 m² or over 3 % of the area to be coated, Sa 2½ shall be applied
- Coating in overlap shall be feathered

Water ballast tanks (WBT), IMO Resolution MSC.215(82)


Erection joints minimum St 3 or Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) where practicable.

- Damages up to 2 % of area to be coated to be treated to minimum St 3


- Contiguous damages over 25 m² or over 2 % of the area to be coated, Sa 2½ shall be applied
- Coating in overlap shall be feathered

Profile requirements
In case of full or partial blasting surface profile 30-75 µm (ISO 8503-2).

Dust
Dust quantity rating 1 for dust size class 3 or larger (ISO 8202-3).
Lower dust size classes to be removed if visible without magnification on the surface to be coated.

Water soluble salts limit equivalent to NaCl after blasting/ grinding


Maximum 50 mg/m² of sodium chloride (ISO 8502-6/9).

Contamination
No oil contamination.
Inspect the surface for contaminations and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to
activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to Wa 1
(ISO 8501-4) using fresh water.

Ventilation
Sufficient ventilation must be provided to remove the solvent evaporating from the coating. When mixed, this
product requires exchange of 56 m³ air per litre paint in order to dilute the evaporating solvent to a safe
concentration in the tank (i.e. less than 10 % of the Lower Explosion Limit, LEL). The solvent gas concentration
in the tank must at all times be kept below this level, hence sufficient ventilation must be maintained during the
whole application and drying periods.

Environmental conditions
Coating shall be applied under controlled humidity and surface conditions, in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications. In addition, coating shall not be applied when:
- the relative humidity is above 85 %
- the surface temperature is less than 3 °C above the dew point
- the surface is wet or is likely to become wet

Testing of coating
Destructive testing should be avoided.
Dry film thickness shall be measured after each coat for quality control purposes. The total dry film thickness
shall be documented after completion of the final coat, using appropriate thickness gauges.

Repair and maintenance procedures relevant to coating according to Performance Standard for
Protective Coatings (PSPC) of cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers to IMO Resolution MSC.288(87)
and dedicated seawater ballast tanks to IMO Resolution MSC.215(82)

Superficial damages not exposing bare substrate:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough cleaning/vacuuming. When the
surface is dry and clean the coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original
specification. Always observe the minimum and maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating
interval is exceeded the surface should be carefully roughened in order to ensure good intercoat adhesion.

Damages exposing bare substrate:

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 11/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

Choise of surface preparation and application methods shall be made in conjunction with Jotun and the actual
Classification Society, following the guielines in:

MSC.1/Circ. 1330 (WBT) and MSC.1/Circ. 1399 (COT)


- Chapter 4.1 for coating condition assessment
- Chapter 5 for coating maintenance
- Chapter 6 for coating repair

Quality assurance
The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle
- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.

Colour variation
Some coatings used as the final coat may fade and chalk in time when exposed to sunlight and weathering
effects. Coatings designed for high temperature service can undergo colour changes without affecting
performance. Some slight colour variation can occur from batch to batch. When long term colour and gloss
retention is required, please seek advice from your local Jotun office for assistance in selection of the most
suitable top coat for the exposure conditions and durability requirements.

Reference to related documents


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 12/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard HB Classic

Symbols and abbreviations


min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet
h = hours AG = Application Guide
d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet
°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity
g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment
g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
IMO = International Maritime Organization
ASFP = Association for Specialist Fire Protection

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 17 October 2018 Page: 13/13

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
기술 자료 시트

Approved 735;739 1,2 735 페놀릭/노볼락 에폭시 ^(ValidationDate) 1

Tankguard Storage

제품 특성
2액형의 폴리아민 경화형 페놀릭/노볼락 에폭시 도료입니다. 탁월한 내약품성을 가진 탱크라이닝으로 특별히 설계되었습니다.
대기와 침수 환경에서 프라이머, 중도 또는 상도도장으로 사용할 수 있습니다. 적절하게 준비된 탄소강, 아연도금 강재, 스테인
레스 강재와 콘크리트 재질에 적합합니다.

용도
중방식:
화학물질 저장소, 폐수, 가정용 배수, 공정 용수, 콘크리트 해안길, 소방라인과 굴착이수와 같은 파이프 그리고 매몰 탱크와 해상
, 육상을 위한 내부 라이닝으로 특별히 설계되었습니다. 압력용기로 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 도장은 고온 제품에 대해 우수한 저
항성을 가지고 있습니다. 중방식제품 저항성 목록을 참조하십시오
기타

승인 및 인증
Avtur F-44 항공 연료 저항성에 대해 영국 국방 표준 80-97 5호, 부록 G에 승인되었습니다.
미국 연방 의약청, FDA 제목 21, 파트 175.300에 따라, 건조 및 액체 식품에 대한 노출 승인됨
IMO Res.288(87)에 따라 PSPC 원유 탱크에 대해 승인됨
추가 인증서 및 승인을 요청하실 수 있습니다.

색상
밝은 회색, 밝은 적색, 적색, 백색

제품 정보
물성 시험/표준 서술

부피 고형분 ISO 3233 63 ± 2 %


광택 수준 (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 무광 (0-35)
인화점 ISO 3679 Method 1 28 ℃
비중 계산값 1.6 kg/l
VOC-미국/홍콩 US EPA method 24 (실험된) 335 g/l
(CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (이론적 인) 337 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (실험된) 287 g/l
(최대 희석 비율 포함)

제공되는 데이터는 일반적으로 공장에서 생산되는 제품이고, 색상에 따라 약간의 차이가 있습니다.
광택 설명: 요턴 퍼포먼스 코팅 정의에 따르면

최초작: 15 6월 2023 페이지: 1/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard Storage

1회도장 도막두께
일반적인 권장 사양 범위

건조 도막 두께 100 - 200 미크론


습도막 두께 160 - 320 미크론
이론 도포율 6.3 - 3.2 m²/l

표면 처리

표면 처리 요약 테이블

표면 처리

소지 최소 추천

탄소강 Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1)


도장된 표면 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한
도장 도장
스테인레스 강재 표면에 스크래치 패턴을 부여하기 위해 표면 날카롭고 각이 진 표면조도를 달성하기 위해
을 비금속 연마재로 손이나 기계로 연마하거 승인된 적합한 비금속 연마재를 사용하여 표
나 접착 섬유 기계 또는 손연마 패드로 연마 면조도를 얻기 위한 연마재 블라스팅 세정.
해야 합니다.
아연도금 강재 표면은 깨끗하고 건조해야 하며, 거칠고 무 비금속 연마재를 사용한 스윕 블라스트 클리
딘 조도가 나타나야 합니다. 닝으로 깨끗하고, 거칠고, 균일한 패턴을 남
깁니다.
콘크리트 SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6의 건식 연마재 SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6의 건식 연마재
블라스트처리. 블라스트처리.

부착성, 부식방지, 내열성 및 내화학성을 포함한 최적의 성능은 권장되는 표면처리로 달성됩니다.

도장
도장 방법
제품으로 적용할 수 있습니다.

스프레이: 에어리스 스프레이 사용.


붓: 스트라입 도장과 작은 구역에 추천됩니다. 규정된 건조도막두께를 도장하기 위해서는 유의해야 합니다.
롤러: 롤러 도장은 스캘럽, 작은 구멍, 작은 배관 등에만 사용해야 합니다.

최초작: 15 6월 2023 페이지: 2/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard Storage

제품 혼합 비율 (부피비)

Tankguard Storage Comp A 6.5 파트


Tankguard Storage Comp B 1 파트

신나/세척 용제
신나: Jotun Thinner No. 23

에어리스 스프레이 안내 자료
노즐 팁 (inch/1000): 17-21

분사 압력 (최소): 150 bar/2100 psi

건조와 경화 시간
소지 온도 10 °C 15 °C 23 °C 30 °C 40 °C

표면 (지촉) 건조 15 h 12 h 4h 3h 2h
보행 건조 24 h 20 h 10 h 8h 4h
재도장시간, 최소 24 h 20 h 10 h 7h 4h
서비스 건조/경화 21 d 14 d 7d 4d 3d

최대 재도장간격은 이 제품의 적용 가이드 (AG)를 참조하십시오.

건조와 경화시간은 제어된 온도와 상대습도 85% 이하 및 제품의 평균 DFT에서 결정됩니다.

원유 및 청정 석유제품 저장의 경우 최종 코팅 적용 후 48시간 이내에 23°C 이상의 온도에서 탱크를 다시 사용할 수 있습니다.

깨끗한 석유제품을 구성하는 목록은 Jotun 제품 저항성 가이드를 참조하시기 바랍니다.

표면(터치)건조 : 약간의 손가락 압력으로 지문이나 끈적임을 남기지 않는 정도의 건조상태.

보행 건조: 영구적인 흔적, 자국 또는 다른 물리적 손상을 제외한 일반적인 보행을 견딜 수 있는 도장의 최소 건조시간.

최소 재도장시간: 후속도장이 적용되기 전에 권장되는 가장 짧은 시간.

서비스 건조/경화: 도장이 중간 환경에 영구적으로 노출되기 전의 최소 시간.

유도 시간 및 가사 시간
도료 온도 23 °C

유도 시간 20 min
가사 시간 4h

최초작: 15 6월 2023 페이지: 3/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard Storage

내열성
온도
연속 정점

건조 대기 200 ℃ -
침적, 해수 95 ℃ -
침적, 원유 120 ℃ -

추가 저항성 정보는 Jotun의 웹사이트에서 제공되는 Protective Product Resistance List에서 확인하거나 현지 요턴 사무실에
문의하십시오.

도장은 특정 화공약품과 침수가 지속적이거나 간헐적인지에 따라 다양한 침수 온도 저항성을 가질 것입니다. 내열성은 전체의
도장시스템에 의해 영향을 받습니다. 만약 시스템의 일부로 사용하는 경우, 시스템의 모든 도장과 유사한 내열성을 보장하게 됩
니다.

제품 호환성
도장시스템의 실제 노출에 따라 다양한 프라이머와 상도가 이 제품과 조합하여 사용할 수 있습니다. 몇가지 예는 다음과 같습니
다. 특정 추천사양은 Jotun에 문의하십시오.

이전 도장: 페놀릭/노볼락 에폭시


후속 도장: 페놀릭/노볼락 에폭시

탱크가드 홀딩 프라이머는 임시 보호로 사용되며, 탱크도장 시스템과 완벽한 호환성을 가집니다.

포장 (대표적)
부피 용기 크기
(리터) (리터)

Tankguard Storage Comp A 16.3 20


Tankguard Storage Comp B 2.5 3

비고. 각 지역의 현지규정에 따라 포장용량은 다를 수 있습니다.

보관
제품은 반드시 국가규정에 따라 보관되어야 합니다. 보관장소는 화염이나 발화원으로 부터 멀리 떨어진 선선하고, 건조하며, 통
풍이 잘되는 장소에 보관되어야 합니다. 보관 용기는 반드시 밀봉되어야 합니다. 취급에 주의합니다.

저장기간 23 °C
Tankguard Storage Comp A 24 개월
Tankguard Storage Comp B 24 개월

일부 시장에서 현지규정에 따라 상업적으로 저장기간이 짧을 수 있습니다. 상기는 최소 저장기간이며, 그 후에는 도료 품질을 재


검사해야 합니다.

최초작: 15 6월 2023 페이지: 4/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard Storage

주의사항
이 제품은 전문가만 사용할 수 있습니다. 작업자와 조작자는 훈련 및 경험이 있어야 하며, 요턴의 기술자료에 따라 올바르게 혼
합/교반하여 도장할 수 있는 능력과 장비를 가지고 있어야 합니다. 이 제품을 사용할 경우 도장작업자는 적절한 개인 보호 장비
를 착용해야 합니다. 이 지침서는 제품의 현재 지식을 바탕으로 제공한 것입니다. 현장 조건에 맞게 제안된 편차는 작업을 시작
하기 전에 승인을 위해 요턴 담당자에게 전달해야 합니다.

건강과 안전
용기에 표기된 주의 사항을 준수하십시오. 통풍이 잘되는 곳에서 사용하십시오. 스프레이 미스트를 마시지 마십시오. 피부 접촉
을 피하십시오. 피부에 접촉시 적절한 세척제, 비누, 물 등으로 제거하십시오. 눈은 물로 잘 씻어내야 하며 즉시 치료해야 합니다
.

색상 변화
프라이머 또는 방오도료를 주로 사용하는 경우 각 제품마다 약간의 색상 차이가 있을 수 있습니다. 마감 코팅으로 사용되는 이러
한 제품 및 에폭시 기반 제품은 햇빛과 풍화에 노출될 때 쵸킹될 수 있습니다.

탑코트/마감 코팅의 색상 및 광택 유지는 색상의 유형, 온도, 자외선 강도 등과 같은 노출 환경, 도포 품질 및 일반적인 페인트 유
형에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 지역 Jotun 사무소에 문의하십시오.

추가사항
본 문서에 기재된 정보는 실험과 요턴의 실질 경험을 통해 검증된 최상의 정보를 제공한 것입니다. 요턴의 제품은 반제품으로 고
려되고, 요턴 통제밖의 추천용도 이외에 다른 목적으로 사용될 경우도 있기 때문에 당사는 어떠한 보증도 하지 않으며, 제품 그
자체의 품질에 대해서만 보증합니다. 지역 요구사항을 준수하기 위해 약간의 제품변형은 구현될 수 있습니다. 본 문서는 사전 예
고없이 새로운 정보로 변경될 수 있습니다.

사용자는 항상 특정 적용 사례에 대해 제품의 일반적인 적합성에 대한 요턴의 특정 지침을 참조해야 합니다.

이 문서가 다른 언어들 사이의 불일치로 인해 문제가 있을 경우, 영어(영국) 버전을 우선으로 합니다.

최초작: 15 6월 2023 페이지: 5/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

Approved 735;739 1,2 735 phenolic/novolac ^(ValidationDate) 1


epoxy

Tankguard Storage

Product description
This is a two component polyamine cured phenolic/novolac epoxy coating. It is a specially designed tank lining
with excellent chemical resistance. Can be used as primer, mid coat or finish coat in atmospheric and immersed
environments. Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel, galvanised steel, stainless steel and concrete
substrates.

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist with efficient and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

Projects specified to the requirements in Performance Standard


for Protective Coatings (PSPC)
For application and repair / maintenance requirements according to IMO MSC.215 (82) for dedicated Sea Water
Ballast Tanks (WBT), and/or to IMO MSC.288 (87) for Cargo Oil Tanks of Crude Oil Tankers (COT) reference is
made to the PSPC Appendix in this document.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent.
Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh water.
Paint solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for painting due
to the risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat small localized
areas of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are turned and
replaced often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water.
When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Process sequence

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all welding, degreasing, removal of
sharp edges, weld spatter and treatment of welds is complete. It is important that all hot work is completed
before coating commences.

Soluble salts removal

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 1/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

Soluble salts have a negative impact on the coating systems performance, especially when immersed. Jotun's
general recommendations for maximum soluble salts (sampled and measured as per ISO 8502-6 and -9)
content on a surface are:
Chemical tanks: 50 mg/m²

For areas exposed to (ISO 12944-2):


C1-C4: 200 mg/m²
C5: 100 mg/m²
Im1-Im3: 80 mg/m²

Carbon steel
Initial rust grade

The steel shall preferably be Rust Grade A or B (ISO 8501-1). It is technically possible to apply the coating to
rust grades C and D, but it is practically challenging to ensure specified film thickness on such a rough surface,
hence risk of reduced lifetime of the coating system. When steel of Rust Grade C or D is coated, the frequency of
inspection and testing should be increased.

Metal finishing

For areas in corrosivity category C1 to C4 (ISO 12944-2) all irregularities, burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on
welds, sharp edges and corners shall conform to minimum grade P2 (ISO 8501-3) Table 1, or as specified. All
edges shall have a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm subjected to three pass grinding or equally effective
method.

For areas in corrosivity category C5 and Im1-3 the requirement are for the steel to conform to grade P2 (ISO
8501-3) Table 1. All edges shall have a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm subjected to three pass grinding or
equally effective method. One may use a mechanical grinder fitted with a suitable abrasive disc. All sharp
irregularities, burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on welds, whether apparent before or after blast cleaning, shall be
removed before coating application. Welding smoke is water soluble and it is most efficiently removed by water
cleaning.
Defective welds shall be replaced and treated to an acceptable finish before painting. Temporary welds and
brackets shall be ground to a flat finish after removal from the parent metal.

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all metal finishing and degreasing of
a specific area is complete. It is important as much hot work as possible is completed before coating commences.

Pitting repair

Pittings in steel can be difficult to cover fully with most coatings. In some areas it is practically feasible to use
filler to fill pittings. This should then be done either after the initial surface preparation or after application of
first coat. For tank coating and lining used for chemical exposure the recommendation is to fill pitts through
welding, since using fillers may negatively affect the coating systems' chemical resistance and flexibility.

Abrasive blast cleaning


Application of protective coating shall commence before degradation of the surface standard occurs.

Cleanliness

After pre-treatment is complete, the surface shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using
abrasive media suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile.

Surface profile

Recommended surface profile 50-85 µm, grade Medium G (ISO 8503-2).


Measure the achieved profile with surface replication tape (Testex) (ISO 8503-5) or by surface roughness stylus
instrument (ISO 8503-4).

Abrasive media quality

The mineral abrasive may be of any material that meets the specified requirements. It shall be composed of
clean, sound, hard particles free from foreign substances such as dirt, oil, grease, toxic substances, paint,
organic matter and water soluble salts. (According to ISO 11125 and ISO 11126).
The moisture content for material delivered shall not exceed 0.5% (by weight) and the conductivity when tested
according to ISO 11127-7 shall not exceed 250 µS/cm.

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 2/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

Compressed air quality

The supply of clean air to blasting pots must be secured to avoid contamination of abrasive and thereby of blast
cleaned surfaces. Compressors must be fitted with sufficient traps for oil and water. It is also recommended to fit
two water separators at the blasting machine to ensure a supply of moisture-free air to the abrasive chamber.

Dust contamination

On completion of abrasive blasting, the prepared surface shall be vacuum cleaned to remove residues of
corrosion products and abrasive media, and inspected for particulate contamination.
Maximum dust quantity rating 1 (ISO 8502-3). Dust size no greater than class 2. Continue cleaning until testing
shows the required result.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

Power tool cleaning

Minor damage of the coating may be prepared to St 3 (ISO 8501-1). Suitable method is disc grinding with rough
discs only. Ensure the surface is free from mill scale, residual corrosion, failed coating and is suitable for painting.
The surface should appear rough and mat.
Overlapping zones to intact coating shall have all leading edges feathered back by sanding methods to remove
all sharp leading edges and establish a smooth transition from the exposed substrate to the surrounding coating.
Consecutive layers of coating shall be feathered to expose each layer and new coating shall always overlap to an
abraded existing layer. Abrade intact coatings around the damaged areas for a minimum 100 mm to ensure a
mat, rough surface profile, suitable for over coating.
Mechanical repairs are only accepted for minor areas of damage where abrasive blasting is expected to create
more damage to the coating system than actual benefit to the performance of the coating system.

Galvanised steel

Abrasive blast cleaning

After removal of excess zinc and surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased to ISO 12944-4, Part
6.2.4 Alkaline Cleaning. The galvanised surface shall be sweep blast-cleaned with the nozzle angle at 45-60°
from perpendicular at reduced nozzle pressure to create a sharp and angular surface profile using approved non-
metallic abrasive media. As a guide, a surface profile 25-55 µm, grade Fine G; Ry5 (ISO 8503-2) should be
achieved.
Care must be exercised when sweep blasting. The zinc coating thickness should be reduced as little as possible,
preferably not more than 10 µm.
Smaller areas can be lightly treated with abrasive paper.
Finished surfaces shall be dull, profiled and show no areas of shiny metal.
After removal of excess zinc and surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased with an alkaline
detergent, washed by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1
(ISO 8501-4) or higher standard and the surface abraded using mechanical or hand sanding methods using non-
metallic abrasives or bonded fibre abrasive pads to remove all polish and to impart a scratch pattern to the
surface. Do not use high speed rotational sanders.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

After removal of excess zinc and surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased with an alkaline
detergent, washed by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1
(ISO 8501-4) or higher standard and the surface abraded using mechanical or hand sanding methods using non-
metallic abrasives or bonded fibre abrasive pads to remove all polish and to impart a scratch pattern to the
surface. Do not use high speed rotational sanders.

Water jetting

Inspect the surface for process residues, hydrocarbon contamination and corrosion by products. If present,
remove with an alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the detergent and before it dries, wash the
treated area by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1 (ISO
8501-4) or higher standard using fresh water.
Optimum performance is achieved with preparation to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 2½.
Minimum preparation grade is Wa 1.

Aluminium

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 3/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

Abrasive blast cleaning

The surface to be coated shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned as required for the specified surface profile using
approved non-metallic abrasive media which is suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile. As a
guide, a surface profile corresponding to 25-55 µm, grade Fine G; Ry5 (ISO 8503-2) should be achieved.
Examples of recommended abrasives are:
• Ferrite free almandite garnet grade 30/60 and 80 grade (US Mesh size)
• Aluminium oxide grade G24

Stainless steel

Abrasive blast cleaning

The surface to be coated shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned as required for the specified surface profile using
non-metallic abrasive media which is suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile. As a guide, a
surface profile corresponding to 25-55 µm, grade Fine G; Ry5 (ISO 8503-2) should be achieved. Examples of
recommended abrasives are:
• Ferrite free almandite garnet grade 30/60 and 80 grade (US Mesh size)
• Aluminium oxide grade G24

Chlorinated or chlorine containing solvents or detergents must not be used on stainless steel.

Concrete
Concrete should be a minimum of 28 days old, applying any coating before this time will greatly increase the
chance of the coating de-bonding. The moisture content of the concrete should be checked prior to the
application of the coating and should not be greater than 5%. Concrete substrates should be mechanically
prepared to leave a clean, sound and dry base on which a coating system can be applied.
Clean – Free of oils, grease, dust, dirt, chemicals, loose coating, curing compounds, form release oils, sealers or
hardeners.
Sound – Concrete that has unsound areas (voids, hollow spots, and friable surface) may have to be removed,
replaced or repaired with materials that are compatible with the selected coating system.
Dry – It is important to address dryness because most coatings require a dry surface for proper adhesion.
Moisture contained within the concrete that moves towards the surface through the pores of the concrete may
prevent adequate coating adhesion.
Dry abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6. Where the concrete has become contaminated with oils,
grease, or fuels, water emulsifiable degreasers-cleaners may be used to remove these contaminants. It is
important to only clean an area that can be fully washed down after degreasing before any of the cleaner can
dry on the surface.
Ultra high pressure water jetting can be used to remove laitance and reveal blowholes and imperfections.
Ensure concrete is dry before coating application.

Blast cleaning

Dry abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6. All prepared surfaces should then have all “blow holes”
and other surface defects filled with suitable filler that is compatible with the primer and finish coat system to
ensure that the coating can be applied over a smooth and regular substrate.

Diamond disc grinding

Diamond grind the surface to remove all laitance and expose the aggregates.

Coated surfaces

Over coating

When applied on coatings past maximum intercoating interval light abrading may be required to achieve proper
intercoat adhesion.

Organic primers/intermediates

Approved holding primers are available for this product. A holding primer must be clean and dry before being
over coated.
When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 4/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

Shop primers

Shop primers are accepted as temporary protection of steel plates and profiles. However the shopprimer should
be completely removed through blast cleaning to minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using abrasive media suitable
to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile 50-100 µm, grade Medium to Course G; Ry5 (ISO 8503- 2).

Application
Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application
Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Air temperature 10 - 60 °C
Substrate temperature 10 - 60 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 10 - 85 %

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet

Product mixing

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Tankguard Storage Comp A 6.5 part(s)


Tankguard Storage Comp B 1 part(s)

Induction time and Pot life

Paint temperature 23 °C

Induction time 20 min


Pot life 4h

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the product is mixed.

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 23

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 5/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

Application data

Spray application

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 42:1


Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 150 bar/2100 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 17-21
Nozzle output (litres/minute) : 1.3-1.9
Filters (mesh) : 70

Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at the nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- extended hoses or hose bundles
- extended hose whip-end line
- small internal diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- incorrect or clogged filters

Plural component (Twin Pump) airless spray equipment

When using plural spray equipment, Jotun recommends the use of either a pump with computerised pump ratio
settings or fixed ratio settings in combination with a flow meter for each pump to monitor the proper delivery
ratio of the coating components is maintained during use.

Recommended data for pump output, pressure at nozzle, nozzle tip and filters are the same as for airless spray
equipment.

Other application tools

Brush application

Suitable for application by brush. Recommended for first coat or stripe coating application in corners, on edges
and other areas difficult to reach. A stiff brush is recommended. It will be necessary to apply additional coats to
achieve a similar dry film thickness as when the coating is applied by airless spray.

Roller application

Suitable for application by roller. The addition of a small volume of thinner is recommended to achieve improved
flow. In tanks roller is recommended for scallops and rat holes only.

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 100 - 200 μm


Wet film thickness 160 - 320 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 6.3 - 3.2 m²/l

This product can be applied up to 50 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical
properties.

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 6/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

Film thickness measurement


Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A). The measurements should be done as soon
as possible after application.
Fast drying paints may give incorrect (too low) readings resulting in excessive dry film thickness. For multi layer
physically drying (resoluble) coating systems the wet film thickness comb may give too high readings resulting
in too low dry film thickness of the intermediate and top coats.
Use a wet-to-dry film calculation table (available on the Jotun Web site) to calculate the required wet film
thickness per coat.

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring adjacent to and no further than 15 mm from the weld.

Application / Drying / Curing considerations

Pay close attention to both spraying technique and the correct setting of equipment during application in order
to achieve an even, pinhole free film. A combination of the correct inbound air / outbound material pressure,
correct airless tip or spray set up and a 30-50 cm gun to substrate distance is recommended. Apply the coating
in even and uniform parallel passes and overlap each pass 50% to achieve an even film. Use a painter’s wet film
comb during application to control the wet to dry film thickness of the coating.

Ventilation

When a solvent containing coating is applied in a confined space, for example a cargo tank, the solvent will
evaporate and make an explosive atmosphere unless the solvent concentration is immediately reduced to a not-
explosive level. Hence, artificial ventilation will be required. This ventilation must be maintained during the paint
application and drying in accordance with the TDS data. The ventilation shall ensure that the solvent
concentration in the tank at no time exceeds the maximum permitted (i.e. 0.1%).
Detailed background information about ventilation arrangements and calculations is given in the Code of Practice
for Tank Coating, available at the TSS home page. There one will also find a “Ventilation calculator” that can be
used for different coatings and thinners.

The Required Air Quantity (RAQ) is the amount of air needed to prevent that the solvent content of the drying
paint makes the air explosive. For a typical tank coating the RAQ is 60 m³ of air per litre of paint. This means
that for every litre of paint used one must ensure that this amount of air is made available so that the solvents
in the paint can be diluted to a no longer dangerous concentration. If the paint is diluted with a thinner this will
require additional fresh air. Thinner No. 23 requires 200 m³/litre.

Note that it is the responsibility of the Yard or Paint Application Contractor to ensure that there is a safe work
environment in the tank. However, Jotun may assist in calculating RAQ, and design of the ventilation. Therefore,
the Coating Advisor may be asked for advice.

The input of fresh air to the tank can be calculated provided the RAQ of the paint (and thinner, if used) is
known:

Ventilation, m³ air input per minute = [P*RAQA + Q*RAQB] / t


where

P = paint to be used in the tank, litres

Q = additional thinner used in this paint, litres

RAQA = RAQ, (m³/l) for the paint

RAQB = RAQ, (m³/l) for the thinner (if added)

t = (application + surface dry) time in minutes

Note that the ventilation fans must run until the coating is Through dry / Walk-on dry (cf. the TDS). The
ventilation may run also after the coating is through dry, i.e. until the coating is cured. The need for ventilation

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 7/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

is highest during the paint application process, when solvents evaporate both from the paint spray and the wet
paint surface. When the coating is Surface (touch) dry the solvent evaporation rate is much lower and the fan
speed may be reduced.

Example:
A 650 m³ tank is coated with one coat of a 70 % VS tank coating, 125 μm DFT.
The tank has a calculated surface area of 1260 m².
The paint will be thinned 2 % (Thinner no. 23).
Application speed is 3.5 litres per minute.
How much fresh air must be blown into the tank per minute to eliminate the explosion risk?
The steel temperature is 23°C.

Answer: 125 μm/0.70 * 1260 m² = 225 litres of paint. 2 % to this is 4.5 litres thinner.

This requires 225*60 + 4.5*200 = 14400 m³ fresh air. (225+4.5) litres / 3.5 litres sprayed per minute =
66 minutes application time.
Time to Surface dry (as per technical data sheet) is 4 hours at 23°C.
The average ventilation rate for the most demanding period is therefore 14400 m³/ (66 +4*60) min =
47 m³/minute.

There is an alternative calculation of ventilation based on the “Number of air exchanges per hour” concept. In
yard specifications one may, for example, find that during the paint application and drying, two or three air
changes per hour in the tank is specified. This is a practical approach, but it does not take into account the
solvent evaporation from the painting and drying process, and may lead to unsatisfactory results as to the
elimination of the explosion risk.

As an example, using the figures above, one finds that “Three air exchanges per hour” corresponds to a
ventilation rate of 3*650 m³/hour = 33 m³/minute.
In this case the alternative approach under estimates the ventilation requirement. A way to come around this is
to increase the air exchange rate, or reduce the application speed.

Stripe coating

The stripe coat sequence can be either of the following:

1. Surface preparation, full coat, stripe coat. This sequence can be used when a large substrate area has been
prepared and leaving the substrate exposed for a long time while doing stripe coating could lead to surface
deterioration.
2. Surface preparation, stripe coat, full coat.

In general Jotun recommends alternative 1 because it reduces the risk that “new” contamination will be
introduced to the uncoated substrate.
Walking on the blast cleaned substrate in order to do the stripe coating presents a risk for such contamination.
It is important to pay special attention to edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners, scallops etc. and to apply a
stripe coat to these areas where the spray fan may not reach or deposit an even film.
When applying a stripe coat to bare metal use only a stiff, round stripe coating brush to ensure surface wetting
and filling of pits in the surface.
Stripe coating shall be of a different colour to the main primer coat and the topcoat colour and should be applied
in an even film thickness, avoiding excessive brush marks in order to avoid entrapped air. Care should be taken
to avoid excessive film thickness. Pay additional attention to pot life during application of stripe coats.
Jotun recommends a minimum of one stripe coat. A second stripe coat will be beneficial in order to ensure that
sufficient paint material is applied to the critical parts of the object.

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss.
Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 8/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 10 °C 15 °C 23 °C 30 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 15 h 12 h 4h 3h 2h


Walk-on-dry 24 h 20 h 10 h 8h 4h
Dry to over coat, minimum 24 h 20 h 10 h 7h 4h
Dried/cured for service 21 d 14 d 7d 4d 3d

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

For storage of crude oil and clean petroleum products the tanks can be returned to service 48 hours after
application of the final coat, when applied at temperatures 23 °C and above.

For a list of what constitutes clean petroleum products please refer to Jotun Product Resistance Guide.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water cleaning using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during 10 °C 15 °C 23 °C 30 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

Itself 30 d 30 d 30 d 30 d 30 d

Areas for immersed exposure


Average temperature during 10 °C 15 °C 23 °C 30 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

Itself 30 d 30 d 30 d 14 d 14 d

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 9/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

Other conditions that can affect drying / curing / over coating

Repair of coating system

Damages to the coating layers:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough cleaning/vacuuming. When the
surface is clean and dry the coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original
specification.
Always observe the maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating interval is exceeded the
surface should be carefully roughened in order to ensure good intercoat adhesion.

Damages exposing bare substrate:


Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by spot blasting, mechanical grinding, water and/or
solvent washing. Feather edges and roughen the overlap zone of surrounding intact coating. Apply the coating
system specified for repair.

Should small areas of the coating require repair then that area must be suitably cleaned and prepared by
sanding or light blasting and ensuring thorough removal of dust and debris. Coating of the cleaned and
prepared surface can be done by brushing the product having been thoroughly mixed in the specified mix ratio.

Areas with too low DFT:


Roughen the surface, vacuum and apply new coating according to specification.

Areas with too high DFT:


Areas with DFT above maximum specified for isolated areas shall be ground down to acceptable thickness, or
down to bare steel and recoated.

Repair of damaged areas

Repair of damaged areas for Tankguard EPOXIES:


Damage to the coating that exposes bare steel are recommended to be dry abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½
(ISO 8501-1) assuming it is practically viable, preferably by the use of vacuum blasting equipment.

Minor coating damage may be prepared to St 3 (ISO 8501-1:2007) with minimum 25 µm surface profile
equivalent to SSPC SP11. This method of preparation is only recommended for small damages (less than 40
cm²) where abrasive blasting could cause excessive damage to surrounding coatings.
Edges of intact surrounding coating should be feathered to ensure a smooth coating overlap and a thorough
vacuum cleaning of the area should be carried out prior to application.

Coating film continuity

Jotun recommends that all coating systems for immersion shall be inspected for film continuity/defects by visual
observation of pin hole rusting through the coating after tank hydro-testing or sea water immersion during sea
trials. Alternatively, full immersion of tanks in combination with tanks fully saturated by tank cleaning
machine(s), soaking all surfaces with sea water and creating a high condensation environment during sea trials.

All noted defects shall be repaired or reported as outstanding issues.

For onshore storage tanks or for tanks where sea water immersion may not be permitted or practical, coating
shall be tested for film continuity/defects as described in ASTM D 5162, method A or B as appropriate for the
coating thickness.

The recommended voltage is 500 volts per 100 μm DFT. The acceptance criterion is no defects. Defects found
shall be repaired as per coating specification.

Performance Standard for Protective Coatings (PSPC)

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 10/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

PSPC Appendix (COT)


Application requirements particular for coating according to Performance Standard for Protective
Coatings (PSPC) of cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers to IMO Resolution MSC.288(87)

Job specification
There shall be a minimum of two stripe coats and two spray coats, except that the second stripe coat, by way of
welded seams only, may be reduced in scope where it is proven that the NDFT (nominal total dry film thickness)
can be met by the coats applied in order to avoid unnecessary over thickness. Any reduction in scope of the
second stripe coat shall be fully detailed in the CTF.

NDFT (nominal total dry film thickness)


NDFT 320 µm with 90/10 rule. (Minimum 90 % of all DFT measurements shall be greater than or equal to the
NDFT and none of the remaining 10 % measurements shall be below 0.9 x NDFT).

Maximum DFT 2000 µm is acceptable for isolated spots only, and should not extend to more than 1% of the
total tank area.

PRIMARY SURFACE PREPARATION

Blasting and surface profile:


Cleanliness minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1)
Surface profile 30-75 µm (ISO 8503-2)

Blasting shall not be carried out when:


- the relative humidity is above 85 %
- the surface temperature of steel is less than 3 °C above the dew point

Water soluble salts limit equivalent to NaCl


Maximum 50 mg/m² of sodium chloride (ISO 8502-6/9)

SECONDARY SURFACE PREPARATION

Steel condition
For steel preparation, PSPC makes reference to grade P2 (ISO 8501-3). All sharp edges are to be rounded to a
radius of minimum 2 mm, subject to a three-pass grinding, or treated with an alternative process giving an edge
profile that results in a dry film thickness retention corresponding to or better than a three pass grinding. Sharp
edges mean all edges except natural rounded/rolled edges of sections.

Surface treatment
Cleanliness minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) on damaged shop primer and welds.

Surface treatment after erection

Cargo oil tanks (COT), IMO Resolution MSC.288 (87)


Erection joints minimum St 3 or Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) where practicable.

For inner bottom:


- Damages up to 20 % of the area to be coated to be treated to minimum St 3
- Contiguous damages over 25 m² or over 20 % of the area to be coated, Sa 2½ shall be applied

For underdeck:
- Damages up to 3 % of area to be coated to be treated to minimum St 3
- Contiguous damages over 25 m² or over 3 % of the area to be coated, Sa 2½ shall be applied
- Coating in overlap shall be feathered

Profile requirements
In case of full or partial blasting surface profile 30-75 µm (ISO 8503-2).

Dust
Dust quantity rating 1 for dust size class 3 or larger (ISO 8202-3).
Lower dust size classes to be removed if visible without magnification on the surface to be coated.

Water soluble salts limit equivalent to NaCl after blasting/ grinding


Maximum 50 mg/m² of sodium chloride (ISO 8502-6/9).

Contamination

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 11/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

No oil contamination.
Inspect the surface for contaminations and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to
activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to Wa 1
(ISO 8501-4) using fresh water.

Ventilation
Sufficient ventilation must be provided to remove the solvent evaporating from the coating. When mixed, this
product requires exchange of 56 m³ air per litre paint in order to dilute the evaporating solvent to a safe
concentration in the tank (i.e. less than 10 % of the Lower Explosion Limit, LEL). The solvent gas concentration
in the tank must at all times be kept below this level, hence sufficient ventilation must be maintained during the
whole application and drying periods.

Environmental conditions
Coating shall be applied under controlled humidity and surface conditions, in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications. In addition, coating shall not be applied when:
- the relative humidity is above 85 %
- the surface temperature is less than 3 °C above the dew point
- the surface is wet or is likely to become wet

Testing of coating
Destructive testing should be avoided.
Dry film thickness shall be measured after each coat for quality control purposes. The total dry film thickness
shall be documented after completion of the final coat, using appropriate thickness gauges.

Repair and maintenance procedures relevant to coating according to Performance Standard for
Protective Coatings (PSPC) of cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers to IMO Resolution MSC.288(87)

Superficial damages not exposing bare substrate:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough cleaning/vacuuming. When the
surface is dry and clean the coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original
specification. Always observe the minimum and maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating
interval is exceeded the surface should be carefully roughened in order to ensure good intercoat adhesion.

Damages exposing bare substrate:


Choise of surface preparation and application methods shall be made in conjunction with Jotun and the actual
Classification Society, following the guielines in:

MSC.1/Circ. 1399 (COT)


- Chapter 4.1 for coating condition assessment
- Chapter 5 for coating maintenance
- Chapter 6 for coating repair

Quality assurance
The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle
- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 12/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.

Colour variation
When applicable, products primarily meant for use as primers or antifoulings may have slight colour variations
from batch to batch. Such products and epoxy based products used as a finish coat may chalk when exposed to
sunlight and weathering.

Colour and gloss retention on topcoats/finish coats may vary depending on type of colour, exposure
environment such as temperature, UV intensity etc., application quality and generic type of paint. Contact your
local Jotun office for further information.

Reference to related documents


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Symbols and abbreviations


min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet
h = hours AG = Application Guide
d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet
°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity
g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment
g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
IMO = International Maritime Organization
ASFP = Association for Specialist Fire Protection

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 13/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Storage

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 24 March 2022 Page: 14/14

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
기술 자료 시트

Approved 9440;9441 1,2 9440 에폭시 ^(ValidationDate) 1

Tankguard DW

제품 특성
이 제품은 2액형 무용제 아민경화형 에폭시 도료입니다. 식수 탱크에 사용하기 위해 특별히 설계되었습니다. 대기와 침수 환경에
서 프라이머와 상도도장으로 사용할 수 있습니다. 적절하게 준비된 탄소강, 스테인리스 강, 알루미늄, 복합재 및 콘크리트 재질
에 적합합니다.

용도
음용수와 파이프를 위한 도장으로 사용됩니다. 음용수 저장을 위한 독립적인 테스트와 인증.
기타

승인 및 인증
식수탱크 사용에 대해 BS 6920-1:2000 승인됨..
노르웨이 공중위생 연구소에서 식수탱크 사용에 대해 승인함.
미국 식품의약국 (FDA), 제목 21, 제 175.300을 준수하며, 건조 식품 노출에 승인됨
ANSI/AWWA 표준 C210-07의 요구사항을 충족하며, 수도관에 적합합니다.
NSF/ANSI/CAN 600의 음용수 기준을 충족하도록 UL 인증 획득
추가 인증서 및 승인을 요청하실 수 있습니다.

색상
밝은 회색, 백색

제품 정보
물성 시험/표준 서술

부피 고형분 ISO 3233 100 %


광택 수준 (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 광택 (70-85)
인화점 ISO 3679 Method 1 100 ℃
비중 계산값 1.4 kg/l
VOC-미국/홍콩 US EPA method 24 (실험된) 3 g/l
(CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (이론적 인) 2 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (실험된) 17 g/l
(최대 희석 비율 포함)

제공되는 데이터는 일반적으로 공장에서 생산되는 제품이고, 색상에 따라 약간의 차이가 있습니다.
모든 자료는 혼합 도료에 유효합니다.
광택 설명: 요턴 퍼포먼스 코팅 정의에 따르면

최초작: 31 10월 2022 페이지: 1/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard DW

1회도장 도막두께
일반적인 권장 사양 범위

건조 도막 두께 150 - 400 미크론


습도막 두께 150 - 400 미크론
이론 도포율 6.7 - 2.5 m²/l

표면 처리

표면 처리 요약 테이블

표면 처리

소지 최소 추천

탄소강 Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1)


스테인레스 강재 표면에 스크래치 패턴을 부여하기 위해 표면 날카롭고 각이 진 표면조도를 달성하기 위해
을 비금속 연마재로 손이나 기계로 연마하거 승인된 적합한 비금속 연마재를 사용하여 표
나 접착 섬유 기계 또는 손연마 패드로 연마 면조도를 얻기 위한 연마재 블라스팅 세정.
해야 합니다.
알루미늄 표면에 스크래치 패턴을 부여하기 위해 표면 날카롭고 각이 진 표면조도를 달성하기 위해
을 비금속 연마재로 손이나 기계로 연마하거 승인된 적합한 비금속 연마재를 사용하여 표
나 접착 섬유 기계 또는 손연마 패드로 연마 면조도를 얻기 위한 연마재 블라스팅 세정.
해야 합니다.
합성물 표면은 스크래치 패턴을 주기 위해 손이나 표면은 스크래치 패턴을 주기 위해 손이나
기계로 연마해야 합니다. 기계로 연마해야 합니다.
콘크리트 SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6의 건식 연마재 SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6의 건식 연마재
블라스트처리. 블라스트처리.

부착성, 부식방지, 내열성 및 내화학성을 포함한 최적의 성능은 권장되는 표면처리로 달성됩니다.

도장
도장 방법
제품으로 적용할 수 있습니다.

스프레이: 에어리스 스프레이 사용.


붓: 스트라입 도장과 작은 구역에 추천됩니다. 규정된 건조도막두께를 도장하기 위해서는 유의해야 합니다.

최초작: 31 10월 2022 페이지: 2/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard DW

제품 혼합 비율 (부피비)

Tankguard DW Comp A 2 파트
Tankguard DW Comp B 1 파트

신나/세척 용제
신나를 첨가하지 마십시오.

장비 세척
도장 전: Jotun Thinner No. 28
도장 후: Jotun Thinner No. 17

에어리스 스프레이 안내 자료
노즐 팁 (inch/1000): 19-25

분사 압력 (최소): 175 bar/2500 psi

건조와 경화 시간
소지 온도 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

표면 (지촉) 건조 15 h 10 h 3 h
보행 건조 25 h 13 h 5 h
재도장시간, 최소 25 h 13 h 5 h
서비스 건조/경화 14 d 7d 4 d

최대 재도장간격은 이 제품의 적용 가이드 (AG)를 참조하십시오.

건조와 경화시간은 제어된 온도와 상대습도 60% 이하 및 제품의 평균 DFT에서 결정됩니다.

표면(터치)건조 : 약간의 손가락 압력으로 지문이나 끈적임을 남기지 않는 정도의 건조상태.

보행 건조: 영구적인 흔적, 자국 또는 다른 물리적 손상을 제외한 일반적인 보행을 견딜 수 있는 도장의 최소 건조시간.

최소 재도장시간: 후속도장이 적용되기 전에 권장되는 가장 짧은 시간.

서비스 건조/경화: 도장이 중간 환경에 영구적으로 노출되기 전의 최소 시간.

유도 시간 및 가사 시간
도료 온도 23 °C

유도 시간 5 min
가사 시간 30 min

높은 온도에서는 감소합니다.

최초작: 31 10월 2022 페이지: 3/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard DW

내열성
온도
연속 정점

건조 대기 120 ℃ 140 ℃
침적, 해수 50 ℃ 60 ℃

정점 온도 지속 최대 1시간.
열거된 온도는 보호물성 유지와 관련이 있습니다. 이 온도에서 미적 물성은 다소 저하될 수 있습니다.
도장은 특정 화공약품과 침수가 지속적이거나 간헐적인지에 따라 다양한 침수 온도 저항성을 가질 것입니다. 내열성은 전체의
도장시스템에 의해 영향을 받습니다. 만약 시스템의 일부로 사용하는 경우, 시스템의 모든 도장과 유사한 내열성을 보장하게 됩
니다.

제품 호환성
도장시스템의 실제 노출에 따라 다양한 프라이머와 상도가 이 제품과 조합하여 사용할 수 있습니다. 몇가지 예는 다음과 같습니
다. 특정 추천사양은 Jotun에 문의하십시오.
후속 도장: 그 자체로만

추가 정보
식수 탱크의 세척 절차:

식수탱크로 사용되기 전에 도료는 완전경화 건조되어야 하며, 철저히 세척되어야 합니다.

노르웨이 공중위생 연구소에서 승인된 적용가능한 몇 가지 절차를 명시합니다. 한가지를 선택하여 사용할 수 있습니다 :

- 온도 30 °C 이상의 고압 청수로 세척.


- 스팀 청소.
- 따뜻한 물과 알칼리 세제로 세척.

이후에 탱크표면은 깨끗하고 신선한 물로 수세합니다.

BS6920 인증서는 세척절차에 대한 특별 사항은 없지만, 단지 식수탱크로 사용하기 전에 도막은 적절히 경화되어야 하며, 청수
로 청소하여야 합니다.
온수의 경우 23°C에서 7일간 적절하게 경화시키고, 뜨거운 담수로 4시간 동안 플러싱하여, 50°C±2°C의 강재온도에 도달할 수
있도록 4시간 동안 플러싱하는 것이 좋습니다.

세척 완료후 펌프를 이용하여 탱크를 비웁니다. 펌핑 후 남아있는 물은 타월이나 걸레를 사용하여 제거하고, 오염물질이 없게 합
니다.

자세한 내용은 요턴의 현지 기술 서비스 팀에 문의하거나 도장 시방서를 참조하십시오.

포장 (대표적)
부피 용기 크기
(리터) (리터)

Tankguard DW Comp A 10 20
Tankguard DW Comp B 5 5

비고. 각 지역의 현지규정에 따라 포장용량은 다를 수 있습니다.

최초작: 31 10월 2022 페이지: 4/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard DW

보관
제품은 반드시 국가규정에 따라 보관되어야 합니다. 보관장소는 화염이나 발화원으로 부터 멀리 떨어진 선선하고, 건조하며, 통
풍이 잘되는 장소에 보관되어야 합니다. 보관 용기는 반드시 밀봉되어야 합니다. 취급에 주의합니다.

저장기간 23 °C
Tankguard DW Comp A 12 개월
Tankguard DW Comp B 12 개월

일부 시장에서 현지규정에 따라 상업적으로 저장기간이 짧을 수 있습니다. 상기는 최소 저장기간이며, 그 후에는 도료 품질을 재


검사해야 합니다.

주의사항
이 제품은 전문가만 사용할 수 있습니다. 작업자와 조작자는 훈련 및 경험이 있어야 하며, 요턴의 기술자료에 따라 올바르게 혼
합/교반하여 도장할 수 있는 능력과 장비를 가지고 있어야 합니다. 이 제품을 사용할 경우 도장작업자는 적절한 개인 보호 장비
를 착용해야 합니다. 이 지침서는 제품의 현재 지식을 바탕으로 제공한 것입니다. 현장 조건에 맞게 제안된 편차는 작업을 시작
하기 전에 승인을 위해 요턴 담당자에게 전달해야 합니다.

건강과 안전
용기에 표기된 주의 사항을 준수하십시오. 통풍이 잘되는 곳에서 사용하십시오. 스프레이 미스트를 마시지 마십시오. 피부 접촉
을 피하십시오. 피부에 접촉시 적절한 세척제, 비누, 물 등으로 제거하십시오. 눈은 물로 잘 씻어내야 하며 즉시 치료해야 합니다
.

색상 변화
프라이머 또는 방오도료를 주로 사용하는 경우 각 제품마다 약간의 색상 차이가 있을 수 있습니다. 마감 코팅으로 사용되는 이러
한 제품 및 에폭시 기반 제품은 햇빛과 풍화에 노출될 때 쵸킹될 수 있습니다.

탑코트/마감 코팅의 색상 및 광택 유지는 색상의 유형, 온도, 자외선 강도 등과 같은 노출 환경, 도포 품질 및 일반적인 페인트 유
형에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 지역 Jotun 사무소에 문의하십시오.

추가사항
본 문서에 기재된 정보는 실험과 요턴의 실질 경험을 통해 검증된 최상의 정보를 제공한 것입니다. 요턴의 제품은 반제품으로 고
려되고, 요턴 통제밖의 추천용도 이외에 다른 목적으로 사용될 경우도 있기 때문에 당사는 어떠한 보증도 하지 않으며, 제품 그
자체의 품질에 대해서만 보증합니다. 지역 요구사항을 준수하기 위해 약간의 제품변형은 구현될 수 있습니다. 본 문서는 사전 예
고없이 새로운 정보로 변경될 수 있습니다.

사용자는 항상 특정 적용 사례에 대해 제품의 일반적인 적합성에 대한 요턴의 특정 지침을 참조해야 합니다.

이 문서가 다른 언어들 사이의 불일치로 인해 문제가 있을 경우, 영어(영국) 버전을 우선으로 합니다.

최초작: 31 10월 2022 페이지: 5/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

Approved 9440;9441 1,2 9440 epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1

Tankguard DW

Product description
This is a two component solvent free amine cured epoxy coating. It is specially designed for drinking water tanks.
Can be used as primer and finish coat in atmospheric and immersed environments. Suitable for properly
prepared carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminium, composites and concrete substrates.

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist with efficient and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent.
Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh water. Paint
solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for painting due to the
risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat small localized areas
of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are turned and replaced
often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water.
When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Process sequence

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all welding, degreasing, removal of
sharp edges, weld spatter and treatment of welds is complete. It is important that all hot work is completed
before coating commences.

Soluble salts removal


Soluble salts have a negative impact on the coating systems performance, especially when immersed. Jotun's
general recommendations for maximum soluble salts (sampled and measured as per ISO 8502-6 and -9)
content on a surface are:
Potable water tanks: 50 mg/m²

Carbon steel
Initial rust grade

Date of issue: 17 October 2022 Page: 1/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard DW

The steel shall preferably be Rust Grade A or B (ISO 8501-1). It is technically possible to apply the coating to
rust grades C and D, but it is practically challenging to ensure specified film thickness on such a rough surface,
hence risk of reduced lifetime of the coating system. When steel of Rust Grade C or D is coated, the frequency of
inspection and testing should be increased.

Metal finishing

For areas in corrosivity category C1 to C4 (ISO 12944-2) all irregularities, burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on
welds, sharp edges and corners shall conform to minimum grade P2 (ISO 8501-3) Table 1, or as specified. All
edges shall have a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm subjected to three pass grinding or equally effective
method.

For areas in corrosivity category C5 and Im1-3 the requirement are for the steel to conform to grade P2 (ISO
8501-3) Table 1. All edges shall have a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm subjected to three pass grinding or
equally effective method. One may use a mechanical grinder fitted with a suitable abrasive disc. All sharp
irregularities, burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on welds, whether apparent before or after blast cleaning, shall be
removed before coating application. Welding smoke is water soluble and it is most efficiently removed by water
cleaning.
Defective welds shall be replaced and treated to an acceptable finish before painting. Temporary welds and
brackets shall be ground to a flat finish after removal from the parent metal.

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all metal finishing and degreasing of
a specific area is complete. It is important as much hot work as possible is completed before coating commences.

Pitting repair

Pittings in steel can be difficult to cover fully with most coatings. In some areas it is practically feasible to use
filler to fill pittings. This should then be done either after the initial surface preparation or after application of
first coat.
For tank coating and lining used for chemical exposure the recommendation is to fill pitts through welding, since
using fillers may negatively affect the coating systems' chemical resistance and flexibility.

Abrasive blast cleaning


Application of protective coating shall commence before degradation of the surface standard occurs.

Cleanliness

After pre-treatment is complete, the surface shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using
abrasive media suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile.

Surface profile

Recommended surface profile 50-100 µm, grade Medium to Coarse G (ISO 8503-2). Measure the achieved
profile with surface replication tape (Testex) to ISO 8503-5 or by a surface roughness stylus instrument (ISO
8503-4).

Abrasive media quality

The mineral abrasive may be of any material that meets the specified requirements. It shall be composed of
clean, sound, hard particles free from foreign substances such as dirt, oil, grease, toxic substances, paint,
organic matter and water soluble salts. (According to ISO 11125 and ISO 11126).
The moisture content for material delivered shall not exceed 0.5% (by weight) and the conductivity when tested
according to ISO 11127-7 shall not exceed 250 µS/cm.

Compressed air quality

The supply of clean air to blasting pots must be secured to avoid contamination of abrasive and thereby of blast
cleaned surfaces. Compressors must be fitted with sufficient traps for oil and water. It is also recommended to fit
two water separators at the blasting machine to ensure a supply of moisture-free air to the abrasive chamber.

Dust contamination

On completion of abrasive blasting, the prepared surface shall be vacuum cleaned to remove residues of
corrosion products and abrasive media, and inspected for particulate contamination.
Maximum dust quantity rating 1 (ISO 8502-3). Dust size no greater than class 2. Continue cleaning until testing
shows the required result.

Date of issue: 17 October 2022 Page: 2/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard DW

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

Power tool cleaning

Minor damage of the coating may be prepared to St 3 (ISO 8501-1). Suitable method is disc grinding with rough
discs only. Ensure the surface is free from mill scale, residual corrosion, failed coating and is suitable for painting.
The surface should appear rough and mat.
Overlapping zones to intact coating shall have all leading edges feathered back by sanding methods to remove
all sharp leading edges and establish a smooth transition from the exposed substrate to the surrounding coating.
Consecutive layers of coating shall be feathered to expose each layer and new coating shall always overlap to an
abraded existing layer. Abrade intact coatings around the damaged areas for a minimum 100 mm to ensure a
mat, rough surface profile, suitable for over coating.

Aluminium
Abrasive blast cleaning

After removal of surface defects, the area to be coated shall be degreased according to ISO 12944-4, section
6.2.1 Water cleaning or 6.2.4 Alkaline Cleaning. The surface shall be sweep blast-cleaned with the nozzle angle
at 45-60° from perpendicular at reduced nozzle pressure to create a sharp and angular surface profile using
approved non-metallic abrasive media. As a guide, a surface profile 25-55 µm, grade Fine to Medium G; Ry5
(ISO 8503-2) should be achieved.
Smaller areas can be lightly treated with abrasive paper.
Finished surfaces shall be dull, profiled and show no areas of shiny metal.
Do not handle the prepared surface with bare hands.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

After removal of surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased to ISO 12944-4, Part 6.2.4 Alkaline
Cleaning, and the surface abraded using mechanical or hand sanding methods using non-metallic abrasives or
bonded fibre abrasive pads to remove all polish and to impart a scratch pattern to the surface. Do not use high
speed rotational sanders.

Stainless steel

Abrasive blast cleaning

The surface to be coated shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned as required for the specified surface profile using
non-metallic abrasive media which is suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile. As a guide, a
surface profile corresponding to 25-55 µm, grade Fine G; Ry5 (ISO 8503-2) should be achieved. Examples of
recommended abrasives are:
• Ferrite free almandite garnet grade 30/60 and 80 grade (US Mesh size)
• Aluminium oxide grade G24

Chlorinated or chlorine containing solvents or detergents must not be used on stainless steel.

Concrete
Concrete should be a minimum of 28 days old, applying any coating before this time will greatly increase the
chance of the coating de-bonding. The moisture content of the concrete should be checked prior to the
application of the coating and should not be greater than 5%. Concrete substrates should be mechanically
prepared to leave a clean, sound and dry base on which a coating system can be applied.
Clean – Free of oils, grease, dust, dirt, chemicals, loose coating, curing compounds, form release oils, sealers or
hardeners.
Sound – Concrete that has unsound areas (voids, hollow spots, and friable surface) may have to be removed,
replaced or repaired with materials that are compatible with the selected coating system.
Dry – It is important to address dryness because most coatings require a dry surface for proper adhesion.
Moisture contained within the concrete that moves towards the surface through the pores of the concrete may
prevent adequate coating adhesion.
Dry abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6. Where the concrete has become contaminated with oils,
grease, or fuels, water emulsifiable degreasers-cleaners may be used to remove these contaminants. It is
important to only clean an area that can be fully washed down after degreasing before any of the cleaner can
dry on the surface.
Ultra high pressure water jetting can be used to remove laitance and reveal blowholes and imperfections.
Ensure concrete is dry before coating application.

Date of issue: 17 October 2022 Page: 3/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard DW

Blast cleaning

Dry abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6. All prepared surfaces should then have all “blow holes”
and other surface defects filled with suitable filler that is compatible with the primer and finish coat system to
ensure that the coating can be applied over a smooth and regular substrate.

Diamond disc grinding

Diamond grind the surface to remove all laitance and expose the aggregates.

Coated surfaces

Shop primers

Shop primers are accepted as temporary protection of steel plates and profiles. However the shopprimer should
be completely removed through blast cleaning to minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using abrasive media suitable
to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile 50-100 µm, grade Medium to Course G; Ry5 (ISO 8503- 2).

Other surfaces
Composite
Polyester based composites must be fully cured before initiating the surface preparation.
The substrate should be thoroughly cleaned with an alkaline detergent to remove traces of oil, grease, mould
release agents or other contaminants. The surface should be abraded using a medium to fine abrasive paper
(grade P80-P120) to impart a scratch pattern to the surface. All dust must be thoroughly removed from the
substrate. It is important that the composite material is fully cured before application of the coating system.

Application
Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application
Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Air temperature 10 - 50 °C
Substrate temperature 10 - 60 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 10 - 60 %

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet

Product mixing

Date of issue: 17 October 2022 Page: 4/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard DW

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Tankguard DW Comp A 2 part(s)


Tankguard DW Comp B 1 part(s)

Induction time and Pot life

Paint temperature 23 °C

Induction time 5 min


Pot life 30 min

Reduced at higher temperatures

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the product is mixed.

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Do not add thinner.

Cleaning equipment
Prior to application: Jotun Thinner No. 28
After application: Jotun Thinner No. 17

Application data

Spray application

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 64:1


Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 175 bar/2500 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 19-25
Nozzle output (litres/minute) : 1.5-2.6
Filters (mesh) : 50-70

Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at the nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- extended hoses or hose bundles
- extended hose whip-end line
- small internal diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- incorrect or clogged filters

Plural component (Twin Pump) airless spray equipment

Using two-component pump is highly recommended in order to achieve an optimum spray pattern, especially
during application at lower temperatures. When applying at higher temperatures use of two-component pump
eliminates the challenge with reduced pot life.

When using plural spray equipment, Jotun recommends the use of either a pump with computerised pump ratio
settings or fixed ratio settings in combination with a flow meter for each pump to monitor the proper delivery
ratio of the coating components is maintained during use.

Recommended data for pump output, pressure at nozzle, nozzle tip and filters are the same as for airless spray
equipment.

Date of issue: 17 October 2022 Page: 5/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard DW

Other application tools

Brush application

Suitable for application by brush. Recommended for first coat or stripe coating application in corners, on edges
and other areas difficult to reach. A stiff brush is recommended. It will be necessary to apply additional coats to
achieve a similar dry film thickness as when the coating is applied by airless spray.

Roller application

Roller application is only permitted in scallops and rat holes where even a brush would not be suitable.

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 150 - 400 μm


Wet film thickness 150 - 400 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 6.7 - 2.5 m²/l

This product can be applied up to 50 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical
properties.

Film thickness measurement


Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A). The measurements should be done as soon
as possible after application.
Fast drying paints may give incorrect (too low) readings resulting in excessive dry film thickness. For multi layer
physically drying (resoluble) coating systems the wet film thickness comb may give too high readings resulting
in too low dry film thickness of the intermediate and top coats.
Use a wet-to-dry film calculation table (available on the Jotun Web site) to calculate the required wet film
thickness per coat.

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring adjacent to and no further than 15 mm from the weld.

Application / Drying / Curing considerations

Pay close attention to both spraying technique and the correct setting of equipment during application in order
to achieve an even, pinhole free film. A combination of the correct inbound air / outbound material pressure,
correct airless tip or spray set up and a 30-50 cm gun to substrate distance is recommended. Apply the coating
in even and uniform parallel passes and overlap each pass 50% to achieve an even film. Use a painter’s wet film
comb during application to control the wet to dry film thickness of the coating.

Ventilation

Date of issue: 17 October 2022 Page: 6/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard DW

As a guideline for good ventilation, after application of each coat the confined space should be ventilated
corresponding to minimum 3 exchanges of air per hour. After final coat maintain minimum 3 exchanges of air
per hour for at least 48 hours. Thereafter the number of air exchanges can be reduced to 1 per hour until the
coating is dried/cured for service.

For more detailed information reference is made to Jotun's General Tank Coating Code of Practice.

Stripe coating

The stripe coat sequence can be either of the following:

1. Surface preparation, full coat, stripe coat. This sequence can be used when a large substrate area has been
prepared and leaving the substrate exposed for a long time while doing stripe coating could lead to surface
deterioration.
2. Surface preparation, stripe coat, full coat.

In general Jotun recommends alternative 1 because it reduces the risk that “new” contamination will be
introduced to the uncoated substrate.
Walking on the blast cleaned substrate in order to do the stripe coating presents a risk for such contamination.
It is important to pay special attention to edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners, scallops etc. and to apply a
stripe coat to these areas where the spray fan may not reach or deposit an even film.
When applying a stripe coat to bare metal use only a stiff, round stripe coating brush to ensure surface wetting
and filling of pits in the surface.
Stripe coating shall be of a different colour to the main primer coat and the topcoat colour and should be applied
in an even film thickness, avoiding excessive brush marks in order to avoid entrapped air. Care should be taken
to avoid excessive film thickness. Pay additional attention to pot life during application of stripe coats.
Jotun recommends a minimum of one stripe coat. A second stripe coat will be beneficial in order to ensure that
sufficient paint material is applied to the critical parts of the object.

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss.
Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 15 h 10 h 3h


Walk-on-dry 25 h 13 h 5h
Dry to over coat, minimum 25 h 13 h 5h
Dried/cured for service 14 d 7d 4d

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 60 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Date of issue: 17 October 2022 Page: 7/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard DW

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water cleaning using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

Itself 10 d 5d 3d

Areas for immersed exposure


Average temperature during 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

Itself 10 d 5d 3d

Other conditions that can affect drying / curing / over coating


Repair of coating system

Damages to the coating layers:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough cleaning/vacuuming. When the
surface is clean and dry the coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original
specification.
Always observe the maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating interval is exceeded the
surface should be carefully roughened in order to ensure good intercoat adhesion.

Damages exposing bare substrate:


Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by spot blasting, mechanical grinding, water and/or
solvent washing. Feather edges and roughen the overlap zone of surrounding intact coating. Apply the coating
system specified for repair.

Repair of damaged areas

Sags and runs can be caused by too high wet film thickness, too much thinner added or the spray gun used too
close to the surface.
Repair by using a paint brush to smooth the film when still wet.
Sand down to a rough, even surface and re-coat if the coating is cured.
Orange peel can be caused by poor flow/levelling properties of the paint, poor atomization of the paint, thinner
evaporating too fast or the spray gun held too close to the surface.
This can be rectified by abrading the surface and applying an additional coat after having adjusted the
application properties or the application technique.
Dry spray can be caused by poor atomization of the paint, spray gun held too far from the surface, high air
temperature, thinner evaporating too fast or coating applied in windy conditions.

Date of issue: 17 October 2022 Page: 8/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard DW

Sand down to a rough even surface and re-coat.


Pinholes can be caused by entrapped solvents in the film or by incorrect application technique. Pinholes can be
repaired as per procedure for damages to the coating layer or to the substrate, ref. above.

Surface finish

Amine sweating may occur when amine cured epoxy coatings are cured at low temperatures and/or humid
conditions. Amine sweating can sometimes be observed on the surface as a sticky residue or as discolouration.
It can seriously affect the adhesion of the subsequent coat and must be removed. If amine sweating is
suspected, wash the surface with warm water and detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Light abrasion of
the surface and removal of dust before over coating will further secure good intercoat adhesion.
Amine sweating can be minimized by observing the induction time stated in TDS.

Coating film continuity

Jotun recommends that all coating systems for immersion shall be inspected for film continuity/defects by visual
observation of pin hole rusting through the coating after tank hydro-testing or sea water immersion during sea
trials. Alternatively, full immersion of tanks in combination with tanks fully saturated by tank cleaning
machine(s), soaking all surfaces with sea water and creating a high condensation environment during sea trials.

All noted defects shall be repaired or reported as outstanding issues.

For onshore storage tanks or for tanks where sea water immersion may not be permitted or practical, coating
shall be tested for film continuity/defects as described in ASTM D 5162, method A or B as appropriate for the
coating thickness.

The recommended voltage is 500 volts per 100 μm DFT. The acceptance criterion is no defects. Defects found
shall be repaired as per coating specification.

Quality assurance
The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle
- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Date of issue: 17 October 2022 Page: 9/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard DW

Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.

Colour variation
When applicable, products primarily meant for use as primers or antifoulings may have slight colour variations
from batch to batch. Such products and epoxy based products used as a finish coat may chalk when exposed to
sunlight and weathering.

Colour and gloss retention on topcoats/finish coats may vary depending on type of colour, exposure
environment such as temperature, UV intensity etc., application quality and generic type of paint. Contact your
local Jotun office for further information.

Reference to related documents


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Symbols and abbreviations


min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet
h = hours AG = Application Guide
d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet
°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity
g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment
g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
IMO = International Maritime Organization
ASFP = Association for Specialist Fire Protection

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 17 October 2022 Page: 10/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard DW

Date of issue: 17 October 2022 Page: 11/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
기술 자료 시트

Approved 20200;20220 1,2 20200 페놀릭/노볼락 에폭시 ^(ValidationDate) 1

Tankguard Holding Primer

제품 특성
2액형의 폴리아민 경화형 페놀릭/노볼락 에폭시 도료입니다. 완전한 탱크도장 사양의 홀딩 프라이머 또는 프라이머로 설계되었
습니다. 탁월한 내약품성을 가집니다. 대기와 침수 환경에서 프라이머로 사용할 수 있습니다. 적절하게 준비된 탄소강, 아연도금
강재, 스테인레스 강재와 콘크리트 재질에 적합합니다.

다음과 같은 도장과 호환됩니다.


Tankguard Plus
Tankguard Storage
Tankguard SF
Tankguard HB Classic
Tankguard NCV
Chemtech GM
Chemflake Special
Chemflake Classic

용도
중방식:
화학 저장소, 폐수, 가정용 배수, 공정 용수, 콘크리트 해안길, 소방라인과 굴착이수와 같은 해안과 해상의 화학적 탱크, 매몰 탱
크와 파이프에 대한 내부적인 탱크코팅 시스템의 일부로 특별히 설계되었습니다. 이 제품은 도장의 특정 범위와 호환됩니다.
기타

승인 및 인증
Avtur F-34 FSII 항공 연료 저항성에 대해 영국 국방 표준 80-97 5호, 부록 B에 승인되었습니다.

추가 인증서 및 승인을 요청하실 수 있습니다.

색상
버프색

제품 정보
물성 시험/표준 서술

부피 고형분 ISO 3233 43 ± 2 %


광택 수준 (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 무광 (0-35)
인화점 ISO 3679 Method 1 28 ℃
비중 계산값 1.3 kg/l
VOC-미국/홍콩 US EPA method 24 (실험된) 480 g/l
(CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (이론적 인) 527 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (실험된) 533 g/l
(최대 희석 비율 포함)

최초작성일자: 1 12월 2021 페이지: 1/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard Holding Primer

제공되는 데이터는 일반적으로 공장에서 생산되는 제품이고, 색상에 따라 약간의 차이가 있습니다.
모든 자료는 혼합 도료에 유효합니다.
광택 설명: 요턴 퍼포먼스 코팅 정의에 따르면

1회도장 도막두께
일반적인 권장 사양 범위

건조 도막 두께 20 - 60 미크론
습도막 두께 50 - 140 미크론
이론 도포율 21.5 - 7.1 m²/l

표면 처리
후속 제품에 지속적인 부착력을 확보하기 위해 모든 표면은 깨끗하고 건조하고 오염이 없어야 합니다.

부착성, 부식방지, 내열성 및 내화학성을 포함한 최적의 성능은 권장되는 표면처리로 달성됩니다.

표면 처리 요약 테이블

표면 처리

소지 최소 추천

탄소강 Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1)

도장된 표면 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한


도장 도장
스테인레스 강재 표면에 스크래치 패턴을 부여하기 위해 표면 날카롭고 각이 진 표면조도를 달성하기 위해
을 비금속 연마재로 손이나 기계로 연마하거 승인된 적합한 비금속 연마재를 사용하여 표
나 접착 섬유 기계 또는 손연마 패드로 연마 면조도를 얻기 위한 연마재 블라스팅 세정.
해야 합니다.
아연도금 강재 표면은 깨끗하고 건조해야 하며, 거칠고 무 비금속 연마재를 사용한 스윕 블라스트 클리
딘 조도가 나타나야 합니다. 닝으로 깨끗하고, 거칠고, 균일한 패턴을 남
깁니다.
콘크리트 SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6의 건식 연마재 SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6의 건식 연마재
블라스트처리. 블라스트처리.

도장
도장 방법
제품으로 적용할 수 있습니다.

스프레이: 에어리스 스프레이 사용.


붓: 스트라입 도장과 작은 구역에 추천됩니다.규정된 건조도막두께를 도장하기 위해서는 유의해야 합니다.
롤러: 롤러 도장은 스캘럽, 작은 구멍, 작은 배관 등에만 사용해야 합니다.

최초작성일자: 1 12월 2021 페이지: 2/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard Holding Primer

제품 혼합 비율 (부피비)

Tankguard Holding Primer Comp A 7 파트


Tankguard Holding Primer Comp B 1 파트

신나/세척 용제
신나: Jotun Thinner No. 23

에어리스 스프레이 안내 자료
노즐 팁 (inch/1000): 17-21

분사 압력 (최소): 150 bar/2100 psi

건조와 경화 시간
소지 온도 10 °C 15 °C 23 °C 40 °C

표면 (지촉) 건조 15 h 12 h 4h 2h
보행 건조 24 h 20 h 10 h 4h
재도장시간, 최소 24 h 20 h 10 h 4h
서비스 건조/경화 14 d 7d 3d

최대 재도장간격은 이 제품의 적용 가이드 (AG)를 참조하십시오.

건조와 경화시간은 제어된 온도와 상대습도 85% 이하 및 제품의 평균 DFT에서 결정됩니다.

표면(터치)건조 : 약간의 손가락 압력으로 지문이나 끈적임을 남기지 않는 정도의 건조상태.

보행 건조: 영구적인 흔적, 자국 또는 다른 물리적 손상을 제외한 일반적인 보행을 견딜 수 있는 도장의 최소 건조시간.

최소 재도장시간: 후속도장이 적용되기 전에 권장되는 가장 짧은 시간.

서비스 건조/경화: 도장이 중간 환경에 영구적으로 노출되기 전의 최소 시간.

유도 시간 및 가사 시간
도료 온도 23 °C

유도 시간 20 min
가사 시간 4h

최초작성일자: 1 12월 2021 페이지: 3/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard Holding Primer

내열성
온도
연속 정점

건조 대기 200 ℃ -
침적, 해수 70 ℃ 95 ℃
침적, 원유 80 ℃ 90 ℃

정점 온도 지속 최대 1시간.
열거된 온도는 보호물성 유지와 관련이 있습니다. 이 온도에서 미적 물성은 다소 저하될 수 있습니다.
도장은 특정 화공약품과 침수가 지속적이거나 간헐적인지에 따라 다양한 침수 온도 저항성을 가질 것입니다. 내열성은 전체의
도장시스템에 의해 영향을 받습니다. 만약 시스템의 일부로 사용하는 경우, 시스템의 모든 도장과 유사한 내열성을 보장하게 됩
니다.

제품 호환성
도장시스템의 실제 노출에 따라 다양한 프라이머와 상도가 이 제품과 조합하여 사용할 수 있습니다. 몇가지 예는 다음과 같습니
다. 특정 추천사양은 Jotun에 문의하십시오.
후속 도장: 에폭시, 페놀릭/노볼락 에폭시, 비닐에스테르

탱크가드 홀딩 프라이머는 임시 보호로 사용되며, 탱크도장 시스템과 완벽한 호환성을 가집니다.

포장 (대표적)
부피 용기 크기
(리터) (리터)

Tankguard Holding Primer Comp A 17.5 20


Tankguard Holding Primer Comp B 2.5 3

비고. 각 지역의 현지규정에 따라 포장용량은 다를 수 있습니다.

보관
제품은 반드시 국가규정에 따라 보관되어야 합니다. 보관장소는 화염이나 발화원으로 부터 멀리 떨어진 선선하고, 건조하며, 통
풍이 잘되는 장소에 보관되어야 합니다. 보관 용기는 반드시 밀봉되어야 합니다. 취급에 주의합니다.

저장기간 23 °C
Tankguard Holding Primer Comp A 24 개월
Tankguard Holding Primer Comp B 24 개월

일부 시장에서 현지규정에 따라 상업적으로 저장기간이 짧을 수 있습니다. 상기는 최소 저장기간이며, 그 후에는 도료 품질을 재


검사해야 합니다.

최초작성일자: 1 12월 2021 페이지: 4/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Tankguard Holding Primer

주의사항
이 제품은 전문가만 사용할 수 있습니다. 작업자와 조작자는 훈련 및 경험이 있어야 하며, 요턴의 기술자료에 따라 올바르게 혼
합/교반하여 도장할 수 있는 능력과 장비를 가지고 있어야 합니다. 이 제품을 사용할 경우 도장작업자는 적절한 개인 보호 장비
를 착용해야 합니다. 이 지침서는 제품의 현재 지식을 바탕으로 제공한 것입니다. 현장 조건에 맞게 제안된 편차는 작업을 시작
하기 전에 승인을 위해 요턴 담당자에게 전달해야 합니다.

건강과 안전
용기에 표기된 주의 사항을 준수하십시오. 통풍이 잘되는 곳에서 사용하십시오. 스프레이 미스트를 마시지 마십시오. 피부 접촉
을 피하십시오. 피부에 접촉시 적절한 세척제, 비누, 물 등으로 제거하십시오. 눈은 물로 잘 씻어내야 하며 즉시 치료해야 합니다
.

색상 변화
프라이머 또는 방오도료를 주로 사용하는 경우 각 제품마다 약간의 색상 차이가 있을 수 있습니다. 마감 코팅으로 사용되는 이러
한 제품 및 에폭시 기반 제품은 햇빛과 풍화에 노출될 때 쵸킹될 수 있습니다.

탑코트/마감 코팅의 색상 및 광택 유지는 색상의 유형, 온도, 자외선 강도 등과 같은 노출 환경, 도포 품질 및 일반적인 페인트 유
형에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 지역 Jotun 사무소에 문의하십시오.

추가사항
본 문서에 기재된 정보는 실험과 요턴의 실질 경험을 통해 검증된 최상의 정보를 제공한 것입니다. 요턴의 제품은 반제품으로 고
려되고, 요턴 통제밖의 추천용도 이외에 다른 목적으로 사용될 경우도 있기 때문에 당사는 어떠한 보증도 하지 않으며, 제품 그
자체의 품질에 대해서만 보증합니다. 지역 요구사항을 준수하기 위해 약간의 제품변형은 구현될 수 있습니다. 본 문서는 사전 예
고없이 새로운 정보로 변경될 수 있습니다.

사용자는 항상 특정 적용 사례에 대해 제품의 일반적인 적합성에 대한 요턴의 특정 지침을 참조해야 합니다.

이 문서가 다른 언어들 사이의 불일치로 인해 문제가 있을 경우, 영어(영국) 버전을 우선으로 합니다.

최초작성일자: 1 12월 2021 페이지: 5/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

Approved 20200;20220 1,2 20200 phenolic/novolac ^(ValidationDate) 1


epoxy

Tankguard Holding Primer

Product description
This is a two component polyamine cured phenolic/novolac epoxy coating. Designed as a holding primer or
primer in a complete tank coating system. It has excellent chemical resistance. Can be used as primer in
atmospheric and immersed environments. Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel, galvanised steel,
stainless steel and concrete substrates.

It is compatible with the following coatings:


Tankguard Plus
Tankguard Storage
Tankguard SF
Tankguard HB Classic
Tankguard NCV
Chemtech GM
Chemflake Special
Chemflake Classic

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist with efficient and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent.
Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh water. Paint
solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for painting due to the
risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat small localized areas
of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are turned and replaced
often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water. When the surface is an existing
coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved products, both over coatability and
the given maximum over coating interval.

Process sequence

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all welding, degreasing, removal of
sharp edges, weld spatter and treatment of welds is complete. It is important that all hot work is completed
before coating commences.

Date of issue: 20 March 2020 Page: 1/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Holding Primer

Soluble salts removal


Soluble salts have a negative impact on the coating systems performance, especially when immersed. Jotun's
general recommendations for maximum soluble salts (sampled and measured as per ISO 8502-6 and -9)
content on a surface are:
Chemical tanks: 50 mg/m²
For areas exposed to (ISO 12944-2):
C1-C4: 200 mg/m²
C5M or C5I: 100 mg/m²
Im1-Im3: 80 mg/m²

Carbon steel
Initial rust grade

The steel shall preferably be Rust Grade A or B (ISO 8501-1). It is technically possible to apply the coating to
rust grades C and D, but it is practically challenging to ensure specified film thickness on such a rough surface,
hence risk of reduced lifetime of the coating system. When steel of Rust Grade C or D is coated, the frequency of
inspection and testing should be increased.

Metal finishing

For areas in corrosivity category C1 to C4 (ISO 12944-2) all irregularities, burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on
welds, sharp edges and corners shall conform to minimum grade P2 (ISO 8501-3) Table 1, or as specified. All
edges shall have a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm subjected to three pass grinding or equally effective
method.

For areas in corrosivity category C5 and Im1-3 the requirement are for the steel to conform to grade P2 (ISO
8501-3) Table 1. All edges shall have a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm subjected to three pass grinding or
equally effective method. One may use a mechanical grinder fitted with a suitable abrasive disc. All sharp
irregularities, burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on welds, whether apparent before or after blast cleaning, shall be
removed before coating application. Welding smoke is water soluble and it is most efficiently removed by water
cleaning.
Defective welds shall be replaced and treated to an acceptable finish before painting. Temporary welds and
brackets shall be ground to a flat finish after removal from the parent metal.

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all metal finishing and degreasing of
a specific area is complete. It is important as much hot work as possible is completed before coating commences.

Pitting repair

Pittings in steel can be difficult to cover fully with most coatings. In some areas it is practically feasible to use
filler to fill pittings. This should then be done either after the initial surface preparation or after application of
first coat.
For tank coating and lining used for chemical exposure the recommendation is to fill pitts through welding, since
using fillers may negatively affect the coating systems' chemical resistance and flexibility.

Abrasive blast cleaning


Application of protective coating shall commence before degradation of the surface standard occurs.

Cleanliness

After pre-treatment is complete, the surface shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using
abrasive media suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile.

Surface profile

Recommended surface profile 50-100 µm, grade Medium to Coarse G (ISO 8503-2). Measure the achieved
profile with surface replication tape (Testex) to ISO 8503-5 or by a surface roughness stylus instrument (ISO
8503-4).

Abrasive media quality

Date of issue: 20 March 2020 Page: 2/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Holding Primer

The mineral abrasive may be of any material that meets the specified requirements. It shall be composed of
clean, sound, hard particles free from foreign substances such as dirt, oil, grease, toxic substances, paint,
organic matter and water soluble salts. (According to ISO 11125 and ISO 11126).
The moisture content for material delivered shall not exceed 0.5% (by weight) and the conductivity when tested
according to ISO 11127-7 shall not exceed 250 µS/cm.

Compressed air quality

The supply of clean air to blasting pots must be secured to avoid contamination of abrasive and thereby of blast
cleaned surfaces. Compressors must be fitted with sufficient traps for oil and water. It is also recommended to fit
two water separators at the blasting machine to ensure a supply of moisture-free air to the abrasive chamber.

Dust contamination

On completion of abrasive blasting, the prepared surface shall be vacuum cleaned to remove residues of
corrosion products and abrasive media, and inspected for particulate contamination.
Maximum dust quantity rating 1 (ISO 8502-3). Dust size no greater than class 2. Continue cleaning until testing
shows the required result.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

Power tool cleaning

Minor damage of the coating may be prepared to St 3 (ISO 8501-1). Suitable method is disc grinding with rough
discs only. Ensure the surface is free from mill scale, residual corrosion, failed coating and is suitable for painting.
The surface should appear rough and mat.
Overlapping zones to intact coating shall have all leading edges feathered back by sanding methods to remove
all sharp leading edges and establish a smooth transition from the exposed substrate to the surrounding coating.
Consecutive layers of coating shall be feathered to expose each layer and new coating shall always overlap to an
abraded existing layer. Abrade intact coatings around the damaged areas for a minimum 100 mm to ensure a
mat, rough surface profile, suitable for over coating.

Aluminium
Abrasive blast cleaning

The surface to be coated shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned as required for the specified surface profile using
approved non-metallic abrasive media which is suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile. As a
guide, a surface profile corresponding to 25-55 µm, grade Fine G; Ry5 (ISO 8503-2) should be achieved.
Examples of recommended abrasives are:
• Ferrite free almandite garnet grade 30/60 and 80 grade (US Mesh size)
• Aluminium oxide grade G24

Stainless steel

Abrasive blast cleaning

The surface to be coated shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned as required for the specified surface profile using
non-metallic abrasive media which is suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile. As a guide, a
surface profile corresponding to 25-55 µm, grade Fine G; Ry5 (ISO 8503-2) should be achieved. Examples of
recommended abrasives are:
• Ferrite free almandite garnet grade 30/60 and 80 grade (US Mesh size)
• Aluminium oxide grade G24

Chlorinated or chlorine containing solvents or detergents must not be used on stainless steel.

Concrete

Date of issue: 20 March 2020 Page: 3/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Holding Primer

Concrete should be a minimum of 28 days old, applying any coating before this time will greatly increase the
chance of the coating de-bonding. The moisture content of the concrete should be checked prior to the
application of the coating and should not be greater than 5%. Concrete substrates should be mechanically
prepared to leave a clean, sound and dry base on which a coating system can be applied.
Clean – Free of oils, grease, dust, dirt, chemicals, loose coating, curing compounds, form release oils, sealers or
hardeners.
Sound – Concrete that has unsound areas (voids, hollow spots, and friable surface) may have to be removed,
replaced or repaired with materials that are compatible with the selected coating system.
Dry – It is important to address dryness because most coatings require a dry surface for proper adhesion.
Moisture contained within the concrete that moves towards the surface through the pores of the concrete may
prevent adequate coating adhesion.
Dry abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6. Where the concrete has become contaminated with oils,
grease, or fuels, water emulsifiable degreasers-cleaners may be used to remove these contaminants. It is
important to only clean an area that can be fully washed down after degreasing before any of the cleaner can
dry on the surface.
Ultra high pressure water jetting can be used to remove laitance and reveal blowholes and imperfections.
Ensure concrete is dry before coating application.

Blast cleaning

Dry abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6.


Where the concrete has become contaminated with oils, grease, or fuels, water emulsifiable degreasers-cleaners
may be used to remove these contaminants. It is important to only clean an area that can be fully washed down
after degreasing before any of the cleaner can dry on the surface. Where the contamination has penetrated deep
in to the substrate it may be necessary to use Flame/ Thermal cleaning.
All prepared surfaces should then have all “blow holes” and other surface defects filled with suitable filler that is
compatible with the primer and finish coat system to ensure that the coating can be applied over a smooth and
regular substrate.

Diamond disc grinding

Diamond grind the surface to remove all laitance and expose the aggregates.

Coated surfaces

Shop primers

Shop primers are accepted as temporary protection of steel plates and profiles. However the shopprimer should
be completely removed through blast cleaning to minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using abrasive media suitable
to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile 50-100 µm, grade Medium to Course G; Ry5 (ISO 8503- 2).

Application
Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application
Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Air temperature 10 - 60 °C
Substrate temperature 10 - 50 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 10 - 85 %

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet

Date of issue: 20 March 2020 Page: 4/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Holding Primer

Product mixing

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Tankguard Holding Primer Comp A 7 part(s)


Tankguard Holding Primer Comp B 1 part(s)

Induction time and Pot life

Paint temperature 23 °C

Induction time 20 min


Pot life 4h

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the product is mixed.

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 23

Application data

Spray application

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 42:1


Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 150 bar/2100 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 17-21
Nozzle output (litres/minute) : 1.3-1.9
Filters (mesh) : 70

Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at the nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- extended hoses or hose bundles
- extended hose whip-end line
- small internal diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- incorrect or clogged filters

Other application tools

Brush application

Suitable for application by brush. Recommended for first coat or stripe coating application in corners, on edges
and other areas difficult to reach. A stiff brush is recommended. It will be necessary to apply additional coats to
achieve a similar dry film thickness as when the coating is applied by airless spray.

Roller application

Suitable for application by roller. The addition of a small volume of thinner is recommended to achieve improved
flow. In tanks roller is recommended for scallops and rat holes only.

Date of issue: 20 March 2020 Page: 5/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Holding Primer

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 20 - 60 μm


Wet film thickness 50 - 140 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 21.5 - 7.1 m²/l

This product can be applied up to 50 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical
properties.

Film thickness measurement


Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A). The measurements should be done as soon
as possible after application.
Fast drying paints may give incorrect (too low) readings resulting in excessive dry film thickness. For multi layer
physically drying (resoluble) coating systems the wet film thickness comb may give too high readings resulting
in too low dry film thickness of the intermediate and top coats.
Use a wet-to-dry film calculation table (available on the Jotun Web site) to calculate the required wet film
thickness per coat.

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring adjacent to and no further than 15 mm from the weld.

Application / Drying / Curing considerations

Pay close attention to both spraying technique and the correct setting of equipment during application in order
to achieve an even, pinhole free film. A combination of the correct inbound air / outbound material pressure,
correct airless tip or spray set up and a 30-50 cm gun to substrate distance is recommended. Apply the coating
in even and uniform parallel passes and overlap each pass 50% to achieve an even film. Use a painter’s wet film
comb during application to control the wet to dry film thickness of the coating.

Ventilation

When a solvent containing coating is applied in a confined space, for example a cargo tank, the solvent will
evaporate and make an explosive atmosphere unless the solvent concentration is immediately reduced to a not-
explosive level. Hence, artificial ventilation will be required. This ventilation must be maintained during the paint
application and drying in accordance with the TDS data. The ventilation shall ensure that the solvent
concentration in the tank at no time exceeds the maximum permitted (i.e. 0.1%).
Detailed background information about ventilation arrangements and calculations is given in the Code of Practice
for Tank Coating, available at the TSS home page. There one will also find a “Ventilation calculator” that can be
used for different coatings and thinners.

The Required Air Quantity (RAQ) is the amount of air needed to prevent that the solvent content of the drying
paint makes the air explosive. For a typical tank coating the RAQ is 60 m³ of air per litre of paint. This means
that for every litre of paint used one must ensure that this amount of air is made available so that the solvents
in the paint can be diluted to a no longer dangerous concentration. If the paint is diluted with a thinner this will
require additional fresh air. Thinner No. 23 requires 200 m³/litre.

Note that it is the responsibility of the Yard or Paint Application Contractor to ensure that there is a safe work
environment in the tank. However, Jotun may assist in calculating RAQ, and design of the ventilation. Therefore,
the Coating Advisor may be asked for advice.

The input of fresh air to the tank can be calculated provided the RAQ of the paint (and thinner, if used) is known
:

Date of issue: 20 March 2020 Page: 6/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Holding Primer

Ventilation, m³ air input per minute = [P*RAQA + Q*RAQB] / t


where

P = paint to be used in the tank, litres

Q = additional thinner used in this paint, litres

RAQA = RAQ, (m³/l) for the paint

RAQB = RAQ, (m³/l) for the thinner (if added)

t = (application + surface dry) time in minutes

Note that the ventilation fans must run until the coating is Through dry / Walk-on dry (cf. the TDS). The
ventilation may run also after the coating is through dry, i.e. until the coating is cured. The need for ventilation
is highest during the paint application process, when solvents evaporate both from the paint spray and the wet
paint surface. When the coating is Surface (touch) dry the solvent evaporation rate is much lower and the fan
speed may be reduced.

Example:
A 650 m³ tank is coated with one coat of a 70 % VS tank coating, 125 μm DFT.
The tank has a calculated surface area of 1260 m².
The paint will be thinned 2 % (Thinner no. 23).
Application speed is 3.5 litres per minute.
How much fresh air must be blown into the tank per minute to eliminate the explosion risk?
The steel temperature is 23°C.

Answer: 125 μm/0.70 * 1260 m² = 225 litres of paint. 2 % to this is 4.5 litres thinner.

This requires 225*60 + 4.5*200 = 14400 m³ fresh air. (225+4.5) litres / 3.5 litres sprayed per minute = 66
minutes application time.
Time to Surface dry (as per technical data sheet) is 4 hours at 23°C.
The average ventilation rate for the most demanding period is therefore 14400 m³/ (66 +4*60) min = 47 m³/
minute.

There is an alternative calculation of ventilation based on the “Number of air exchanges per hour” concept. In
yard specifications one may, for example, find that during the paint application and drying, two or three air
changes per hour in the tank is specified. This is a practical approach, but it does not take into account the
solvent evaporation from the painting and drying process, and may lead to unsatisfactory results as to the
elimination of the explosion risk.

As an example, using the figures above, one finds that “Three air exchanges per hour” corresponds to a
ventilation rate of 3*650 m³/hour = 33 m³/minute.
In this case the alternative approach under estimates the ventilation requirement. A way to come around this is
to increase the air exchange rate, or reduce the application speed.

Stripe coating

The stripe coat sequence can be either of the following:

1. Surface preparation, full coat, stripe coat. This sequence can be used when a large substrate area has been
prepared and leaving the substrate exposed for a long time while doing stripe coating could lead to surface
deterioration.
2. Surface preparation, stripe coat, full coat.

In general Jotun recommends alternative 1 because it reduces the risk that “new” contamination will be
introduced to the uncoated substrate.
Walking on the blast cleaned substrate in order to do the stripe coating presents a risk for such contamination.
It is important to pay special attention to edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners, scallops etc. and to apply a
stripe coat to these areas where the spray fan may not reach or deposit an even film.
When applying a stripe coat to bare metal use only a stiff, round stripe coating brush to ensure surface wetting
and filling of pits in the surface. Stripe coating shall be of a different colour to the main primer coat and the
topcoat colour and should be applied in an even film thickness, avoiding excessive brush marks in order to avoid
entrapped air. Care should be taken to avoid excessive film thickness. Pay additional attention to pot life during
application of stripe coats. Jotun recommends a minimum of one stripe coat. A second stripe coat will be
beneficial in order to ensure that sufficient paint material is applied to the critical parts of the object.

Date of issue: 20 March 2020 Page: 7/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Holding Primer

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss.
Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 10 °C 15 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 15 h 12 h 4h 2h


Walk-on-dry 24 h 20 h 10 h 4h
Dry to over coat, minimum 24 h 20 h 10 h 4h
Dried/cured for service 14 d 7d 3d

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water cleaning using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during 10 °C 15 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

epoxy, solventborne 6 mth 6 mth 6 mth 6 mth


epoxy, solventfree 2 mth 2 mth 2 mth 2 mth
unsaturated vinyl ester 4 mth 4 mth 4 mth 4 mth

Date of issue: 20 March 2020 Page: 8/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Holding Primer

Areas for immersed exposure


Average temperature during 10 °C 15 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

epoxy, solventborne 6 mth 6 mth 6 mth 6 mth


epoxy, solvent free 2 mth 2 mth 2 mth 2 mth
vinyl ester 4 mth 4 mth 4 mth 4 mth

Other conditions that can affect drying / curing / over coating

Repair of coating system

Damages to the coating layers:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough cleaning/vacuuming. When the
surface is clean and dry the coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original
specification.
Always observe the maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating interval is exceeded the
surface should be carefully roughened in order to ensure good intercoat adhesion.

Damages exposing bare substrate:


Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by spot blasting, mechanical grinding, water and/or
solvent washing. Feather edges and roughen the overlap zone of surrounding intact coating. Apply the coating
system specified for repair.

Repair of damaged areas

Sags and runs can be caused by too high wet film thickness, too much thinner added or the spray gun used too
close to the surface.
Repair by using a paint brush to smooth the film when still wet.
Sand down to a rough, even surface and re-coat if the coating is cured.
Orange peel can be caused by poor flow/levelling properties of the paint, poor atomization of the paint, thinner
evaporating too fast or the spray gun held too close to the surface.
This can be rectified by abrading the surface and applying an additional coat after having adjusted the
application properties or the application technique.
Dry spray can be caused by poor atomization of the paint, spray gun held too far from the surface, high air
temperature, thinner evaporating too fast or coating applied in windy conditions.
Sand down to a rough even surface and re-coat.
Pinholes can be caused by entrapped solvents in the film or by incorrect application technique. Pinholes can be
repaired as per procedure for damages to the coating layer or to the substrate, ref. above.

Coating film continuity

When required by the specification, the coating shall be tested for film discontinuity according to ASTM D 5162,
test method A or B as appropriate for the actual dry film thickness.
All recorded defects shall be repaired by best practical means.

The recommended voltage is 500 volts per 100 μm DFT. The acceptance criterion is no defects. Defects found
shall be repaired as per coating specification.

Date of issue: 20 March 2020 Page: 9/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Holding Primer

Quality assurance
The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle
- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.

Colour variation
Some coatings used as the final coat may fade and chalk in time when exposed to sunlight and weathering
effects. Coatings designed for high temperature service can undergo colour changes without affecting
performance. Some slight colour variation can occur from batch to batch. When long term colour and gloss
retention is required, please seek advice from your local Jotun office for assistance in selection of the most
suitable top coat for the exposure conditions and durability requirements.

Reference to related documents


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Symbols and abbreviations


min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet
h = hours AG = Application Guide

Date of issue: 20 March 2020 Page: 10/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Tankguard Holding Primer

d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet


°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity
g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment
g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
IMO = International Maritime Organization
ASFP = Association for Specialist Fire Protection

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 20 March 2020 Page: 11/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
기술 자료 시트

Approved 612;617 1,2 617 에폭시 ^(ValidationDate) 1

Penguard Primer

제품 특성
2액형의 폴리아미드 경화형 고분자량 에폭시 도료입니다. 신축 공사를 위한 프라이머로 설계되었습니다. 대기와 침수 환경에서
완전한 도장시스템의 일부인 프라이머로 사용할 수 있습니다. 적절하게 준비된 탄소강, 스테인레스 강재, 알루미늄, 아연도금 강
재, 숍프라이밍 강재와 열처리 아연 표면에 적합합니다.

용도
매우 높은 부식성과 침수 환경에 노출되는 구조용강철 및 파이프에 적합합니다. 정유, 발전소, 빌딩과 광산 장비 등의 해양 환경
에 추천됩니다.
기타

승인 및 인증
승인된 체계의 일부로 사용될 경우, 이 재료는 다음과 같은 인증을 가지고 있습니다:
해양 장비에 대한 저화염 확산은 EU 지침에 따릅니다. IMO 2010 FTP 코드의 부속서 1의 2항과 파트 5 또는 IMO 2010 FTP 코
드 채널 8에 부합할 때 IMO FTPC의 부속서 1의 2항과 파트 5에 따라 승인되었습니다.

- 곡물, 뉴캐슬 산업보건

자세한 내용은 요턴 담당자에게 문의하십시오.


추가 인증서 및 승인을 요청하실 수 있습니다.

색상
회색, 적색

제품 정보
물성 시험/표준 서술

부피 고형분 ISO 3233 51 ± 2 %


광택 수준 (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 무광 (0-35)
인화점 ISO 3679 Method 1 25 ℃
비중 계산값 1.3 kg/l
VOC-미국/홍콩 US EPA method 24 (실험된) 440 g/l
(CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (이론적 인) 456 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (실험된) 424 g/l
(최대 희석 비율 포함)

제공되는 데이터는 일반적으로 공장에서 생산되는 제품이고, 색상에 따라 약간의 차이가 있습니다.
모든 자료는 혼합 도료에 유효합니다.
광택 설명: 요턴 퍼포먼스 코팅 정의에 따르면

최초작: 6 4월 2021 페이지: 1/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Penguard Primer

1회도장 도막두께
일반적인 권장 사양 범위

건조 도막 두께 40 - 60 미크론
습도막 두께 80 - 120 미크론
이론 도포율 12.8 - 8.5 m²/l

표면 처리
후속 제품에 지속적인 부착력을 확보하기 위해 모든 표면은 깨끗하고 건조하고 오염이 없어야 합니다.

표면 처리 요약 테이블

표면 처리

소지 최소 추천

탄소강 St 2 (ISO 8501-1) Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1)

스테인레스 강재 표면에 스크래치 패턴을 부여하기 위해 표면 날카롭고 각이 진 표면조도를 달성하기 위해


을 비금속 연마재로 손이나 기계로 연마하거 승인된 적합한 비금속 연마재를 사용하여 표
나 접착 섬유 기계 또는 손연마 패드로 연마 면조도를 얻기 위한 연마재 블라스팅 세정.
해야 합니다.
알루미늄 표면에 스크래치 패턴을 부여하기 위해 표면 날카롭고 각이 진 표면조도를 달성하기 위해
을 비금속 연마재로 손이나 기계로 연마하거 승인된 적합한 비금속 연마재를 사용하여 표
나 접착 섬유 기계 또는 손연마 패드로 연마 면조도를 얻기 위한 연마재 블라스팅 세정.
해야 합니다.
아연도금 강재 표면은 깨끗하고 건조해야 하며, 거칠고 무 비금속 연마재를 사용한 스윕 블라스트 클리
딘 조도가 나타나야 합니다. 닝으로 깨끗하고, 거칠고, 균일한 패턴을 남
깁니다.
숍프라이머된 강재 건조하고, 깨끗한 손상이 없는 숍프라이머 스윕 블라스트 또는 선택적으로 표면의
70% 이상의 블라스트 Sa 2 (ISO 8501-1).
도장된 표면 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한 깨끗하고 건조하며, 손상없는 호환 가능한
도장 도장
콘크리트 수분 함량 최대 5%. 기계적으로 대충 다듬은 최소 4주 이상 경화. 수분 함량 최대 5%. 밀
기존의 콘크리트 표면, 니들 건, 동력 디스크 폐 블라스트 숏과 다이아몬드 연마 및 다른
그라인딩을 준비합니다. 적절한 방법으로 콘크리트 주변을 마모하고,
레이턴스 제거를 통해 표면을 준비합니다.

부착성, 부식방지, 내열성 및 내화학성을 포함한 최적의 성능은 권장되는 표면처리로 달성됩니다.

도장
도장 방법
제품으로 적용할 수 있습니다.

스프레이: 에어리스 스프레이 사용.


붓: 스트라입 도장과 작은 구역에 추천됩니다. 규정된 건조도막두께를 도장하기 위해서는 유의해야 합니다.

최초작: 6 4월 2021 페이지: 2/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Penguard Primer

제품 혼합 비율 (부피비)

Penguard Primer Comp A 4 파트


Penguard Comp B 1 파트

신나/세척 용제
신나: Jotun Thinner No. 17

에어리스 스프레이 안내 자료
노즐 팁 (inch/1000): 15-19

분사 압력 (최소): 150 bar/2100 psi

건조와 경화 시간
소지 온도 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

표면 (지촉) 건조 2h 1h 30 min
보행 건조 14 h 6.5 h 3h
재도장시간, 최소 8h 4h 3h
서비스 건조/경화 14 d 7d 3d

최대 재도장간격은 이 제품의 적용 가이드 (AG)를 참조하십시오.

건조와 경화시간은 제어된 온도와 상대습도 85% 이하 및 제품의 평균 DFT에서 결정됩니다.

표면(터치)건조 : 약간의 손가락 압력으로 지문이나 끈적임을 남기지 않는 정도의 건조상태.

보행 건조: 영구적인 흔적, 자국 또는 다른 물리적 손상을 제외한 일반적인 보행을 견딜 수 있는 도장의 최소 건조시간.

최소 재도장시간: 후속도장이 적용되기 전에 권장되는 가장 짧은 시간.

서비스 건조/경화: 도장이 중간 환경에 영구적으로 노출되기 전의 최소 시간.

유도 시간 및 가사 시간
도료 온도 23 °C

유도 시간 30 min
가사 시간 8h

최초작: 6 4월 2021 페이지: 3/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Penguard Primer

내열성
온도
연속 정점

건조 대기 120 ℃ 140 ℃
침적, 해수 50 ℃ 60 ℃

정점 온도 지속 최대 1시간.
열거된 온도는 보호물성 유지와 관련이 있습니다. 이 온도에서 미적 물성은 다소 저하될 수 있습니다.
도장은 특정 화공약품과 침수가 지속적이거나 간헐적인지에 따라 다양한 침수 온도 저항성을 가질 것입니다. 내열성은 전체의
도장시스템에 의해 영향을 받습니다. 만약 시스템의 일부로 사용하는 경우, 시스템의 모든 도장과 유사한 내열성을 보장하게 됩
니다.

제품 호환성
도장시스템의 실제 노출에 따라 다양한 프라이머와 상도가 이 제품과 조합하여 사용할 수 있습니다. 몇가지 예는 다음과 같습니
다. 특정 추천사양은 Jotun에 문의하십시오.

이전 도장: 에폭시,에폭시 마스틱,징크 에폭시,징크 실리케이트


후속 도장: 아크릴릭,에폭시,폴리우레탄,폴리실록산

포장 (대표적)
부피 용기 크기
(리터) (리터)

Penguard Primer Comp A 4/16 5/20


Penguard Comp B 1/4 1/5

비고. 각 지역의 현지규정에 따라 포장용량은 다를 수 있습니다.

보관
제품은 반드시 국가규정에 따라 보관되어야 합니다. 보관장소는 화염이나 발화원으로 부터 멀리 떨어진 선선하고, 건조하며, 통
풍이 잘되는 장소에 보관되어야 합니다. 보관 용기는 반드시 밀봉되어야 합니다. 취급에 주의합니다.

저장기간 23 °C
Penguard Primer Comp A 24 개월
Penguard Comp B 48 개월

일부 시장에서 현지규정에 따라 상업적으로 저장기간이 짧을 수 있습니다. 상기는 최소 저장기간이며, 그 후에는 도료 품질을 재


검사해야 합니다.

최초작: 6 4월 2021 페이지: 4/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
기술 자료 시트
Penguard Primer

주의사항
이 제품은 전문가만 사용할 수 있습니다. 작업자와 조작자는 훈련 및 경험이 있어야 하며, 요턴의 기술자료에 따라 올바르게 혼
합/교반하여 도장할 수 있는 능력과 장비를 가지고 있어야 합니다. 이 제품을 사용할 경우 도장작업자는 적절한 개인 보호 장비
를 착용해야 합니다. 이 지침서는 제품의 현재 지식을 바탕으로 제공한 것입니다. 현장 조건에 맞게 제안된 편차는 작업을 시작
하기 전에 승인을 위해 요턴 담당자에게 전달해야 합니다.

건강과 안전
용기에 표기된 주의 사항을 준수하십시오. 통풍이 잘되는 곳에서 사용하십시오. 스프레이 미스트를 마시지 마십시오. 피부 접촉
을 피하십시오. 피부에 접촉시 적절한 세척제, 비누, 물 등으로 제거하십시오. 눈은 물로 잘 씻어내야 하며 즉시 치료해야 합니다
.

색상 변화
프라이머 또는 방오도료를 주로 사용하는 경우 각 제품마다 약간의 색상 차이가 있을 수 있습니다. 마감 코팅으로 사용되는 이러
한 제품 및 에폭시 기반 제품은 햇빛과 풍화에 노출될 때 쵸킹될 수 있습니다.

탑코트/마감 코팅의 색상 및 광택 유지는 색상의 유형, 온도, 자외선 강도 등과 같은 노출 환경, 도포 품질 및 일반적인 페인트 유
형에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 지역 Jotun 사무소에 문의하십시오.

추가사항
본 문서에 기재된 정보는 실험과 요턴의 실질 경험을 통해 검증된 최상의 정보를 제공한 것입니다. 요턴의 제품은 반제품으로 고
려되고, 요턴 통제밖의 추천용도 이외에 다른 목적으로 사용될 경우도 있기 때문에 당사는 어떠한 보증도 하지 않으며, 제품 그
자체의 품질에 대해서만 보증합니다. 지역 요구사항을 준수하기 위해 약간의 제품변형은 구현될 수 있습니다. 본 문서는 사전 예
고없이 새로운 정보로 변경될 수 있습니다.

사용자는 항상 특정 적용 사례에 대해 제품의 일반적인 적합성에 대한 요턴의 특정 지침을 참조해야 합니다.

이 문서가 다른 언어들 사이의 불일치로 인해 문제가 있을 경우, 영어(영국) 버전을 우선으로 합니다.

최초작: 6 4월 2021 페이지: 5/5

이 자료는 이전 발행된 자료를 대체합니다.


기술 자료집 (TDS)는 안전 보건 자료 (SDS)와 제품에 대한 도장 가이드(AG)를 함께 읽을 수 있도록 권장합니다. 가까운 지역의 Jotun 사무소
및 웹사이트 www.jotun.com을 방문하십시오.
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

Approved 612;617 1,2 617 epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1

Penguard Primer

Product description
This is a two component, polyamide cured, high molecular weight epoxy coating. Designed as a primer for new
construction. Can be used as primer as a part of a complete system in atmospheric and immersed environments.
Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminium, concrete, galvanised steel, shop primed
steel and thermally sprayed zinc substrates.

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist with efficient and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent.
Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh water.
Paint solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for painting due
to the risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat small localized
areas of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are turned and
replaced often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water.

Process sequence

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all welding, degreasing, removal of
sharp edges, weld spatter and treatment of welds is complete. It is important that all hot work is completed
before coating commences.

Soluble salts removal


Soluble salts have a negative impact on the coating systems performance, especially when immersed. Jotun's
general recommendations for maximum soluble salts (sampled and measured as per ISO 8502-6 and -9)
content on a surface are:
Potable water tanks: 20 mg/m²

For areas exposed to (ISO 12944-2):


C1-C4: 200 mg/m²
C5M or C5I: 100 mg/m²
Im1: 20 mg/m²
Im2-Im3: 80 mg/m²

Date of issue: 3 October 2017 Page: 1/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Primer

Carbon steel
Initial rust grade

The steel shall be Rust Grade A or B (ISO 8501-1). For steel with Rust Grades C or D, contact your nearest
Jotun office for advice.

Initial inspection and pretreatment

Inspect the surface for contaminations and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to
activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to Wa 1
(ISO 8501-4) using fresh water.
Non-contaminated areas shall be washed down by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to Wa 1 (ISO 8501-4)
using fresh water to reduce the concentration of surface chlorides.

Metal finishing

For areas in corrosivity category C1 to C4 (ISO 12944-2) all irregularities, burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on
welds, sharp edges and corners shall conform to minimum grade P2 (ISO 8501-3) Table 1, or as specified. All
edges shall have a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm subjected to three pass grinding or equally effective
method.

For areas in corrosivity category C5, Im1-3 the requirement is for the steel to conform to grade P2 (ISO 8501-3)
Table 1. All edges shall have a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm subjected to three pass grinding or equally
effective method. One may use a mechanical grinder fitted with a suitable abrasive disc. All sharp irregularities,
burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on welds, whether apparent before or after blast cleaning, shall be removed
before coating application. It is recommended that welding smoke should be removed by low-pressure Water
Cleaning LP WC method (ISO 8501-4:2006) Wa 1 using fresh water. Welding smoke residues are water soluble
and could cause blistering if not removed by washing before blasting.
Defective welds shall be replaced and treated to an acceptable finish before painting. Temporary welds and
brackets shall be ground to a flat finish after removal from the parent metal.

Pitting repair

Pittings in steel can be difficult to cover fully with most coatings. In some areas it is practically feasible to use
filler to fill pittings. This should then be done either after the initial surface preparation or after application of
first coat.

Abrasive blast cleaning

Cleanliness

After pre-treatment is complete, the surface shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using
abrasive media suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile.

Surface profile

Recommended surface profile 30-85 µm, grade Fine to Medium G (ISO 8503-2).

Abrasive media quality

The selected abrasive must be compatible with both the surface to be blast cleaned and the specified coating
system. The abrasive shall meet specifications as per relevant parts of ISO 11124 (Specification for metallic
blast-cleaning abrasives), or ISO 11126 (Specification for non-metallic blast-cleaning abrasives). It should be
sampled and tested as per relevant parts of ISO 11125 (metallic abrasives) or ISO 11127 (non-metallic
abrasives). Dry storage of abrasive and shelter for blasting pots is necessary to prevent equipment becoming
clogged with damp abrasive.

All abrasive blast media used should be new and not recirculated, with the exception of Steel Grit. If this is
utilized the circulation process must include a cleaning process.

Compressed air quality

The supply of clean air to blasting pots must be secured to avoid contamination of abrasive and thereby of blast
cleaned surfaces. Compressors must be fitted with sufficient traps for oil and water. It is also recommended to fit
two water separators at the blasting machine to ensure a supply of moisture-free air to the abrasive chamber.

Date of issue: 3 October 2017 Page: 2/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Primer

Dust contamination

At the completion of abrasive blasting the prepared surface shall be cleaned to remove residues of corrosion
products and abrasive media, and inspected for surface particulate contamination. Maximum contamination level
is rating 2 (ISO 8502-3). Dust size no greater than class 2.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

Power tool cleaning

Minor areas of damaged coating may be prepared to St 2 (ISO 8501-1). Suitable method is disc grinding with
rough discs only. Ensure the surface is free from mill scale, residual corrosion, failed coating and is suitable for
painting. The surface should appear rough and mat.
Overlapping zones to intact coating shall have all leading edges feathered back by sanding methods to remove
all sharp leading edges and establish a smooth transition from the exposed substrate to the surrounding coating.
Consecutive layers of coating shall be feathered to expose each layer and new coating shall always overlap to an
abraded existing layer. Abrade intact coatings around the damaged areas for a minimum 100 mm to ensure a
mat, rough surface profile, suitable for over coating.

Water jetting

Not recommended

Galvanised steel

Abrasive blast cleaning

After removal of excess zinc and surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased to ISO 12944-4, Part
6.1.4 Alkaline Cleaning. The galvanised surface shall be dry abrasive brush off blast cleaned with the nozzle
angle at 45-60° from perpendicular at reduced nozzle pressure to create a sharp and angular surface profile
using approved non-metallic abrasive media. As a guide, a surface profile 25-55 µm, grade Fine G; Ry5 (ISO
8503-2) should be achieved. Care must be exercised when sweep blasting. The zinc coating thickness should be
reduced as little as possible, preferably not more than 10 µm.
Smaller areas can be lightly treated with abrasive paper.
Finished surfaces shall be dull, profiled and show no areas of shiny metal.
Do not handle the prepared surface with bare hands.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

After removal of excess zinc and surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased with an alkaline
detergent, washed by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1
(ISO 8501-4) or higher standard and the surface abraded using mechanical or hand sanding methods using non-
metallic abrasives or bonded fibre abrasive pads to remove all polish and to impart a scratch pattern to the
surface. Do not use high speed rotational sanders.

Water jetting

Inspect the surface for process residues, hydrocarbon contamination and corrosion by products. If present,
remove with an alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the detergent and before it dries, wash the
treated area by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1 (ISO
8501-4) or higher standard using fresh water.

Aluminium
Abrasive blast cleaning

After removal of surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased to ISO 12944-4, Part 6.1.4 Alkaline
Cleaning. The surface shall be dry abrasive brush off blast cleaned with the nozzle angle at 45-60° from
perpendicular at reduced nozzle pressure to create a sharp and angular surface profile using approved non-
metallic abrasive media. As a guide, a surface profile 25-55 µm, grade Fine G; Ry5 (ISO 8503-2) should be
achieved. Alternatively refer to NACE no. 4/SSPC-SP7. Smaller areas can be lightly treated with abrasive paper.
Finished surfaces shall be dull, profiled and show no areas of shiny metal.
Do not handle the prepared surface with bare hands.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

Date of issue: 3 October 2017 Page: 3/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Primer

After removal of surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased with an alkaline detergent, washed by
Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1 (ISO 8501-4) or
higher standard and the surface abraded using mechanical or hand sanding methods using non-metallic
abrasives or bonded fibre abrasive pads to remove all polish and to impart a scratch pattern to the surface. Do
not use high speed rotational sanders.

Water jetting

Inspect the surface for process residues, hydrocarbon contamination and corrosion by products. If present,
remove with an alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the detergent and before it dries, wash the
treated area by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1 (ISO
8501-4) or higher standard using fresh water.

Stainless steel

Abrasive blast cleaning

After removal of surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased to ISO 12944-4, Part 6.1.4 Alkaline
Cleaning. The surface shall be dry abrasive brush off blast cleaned with the nozzle angle at 45-60° from
perpendicular at reduced nozzle pressure to create a sharp and angular surface profile using approved non-
metallic abrasive media. As a guide, a surface profile 25-55 µm, grade Fine G; Ry5 (ISO 8503-2) should be
achieved. Alternatively refer to NACE no. 4/SSPC-SP7.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

After removal of surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased with an alkaline detergent, washed by
Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1 (ISO 8501-4) or
higher standard and the surface abraded using mechanical or hand sanding methods using non-metallic
abrasives or bonded fibre abrasive pads to remove all polish and to impart a scratch pattern to the surface. Do
not use high speed rotational sanders.

Water jetting

Inspect the surface for process residues, hydrocarbon contamination and corrosion by products. If present,
remove with an alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the detergent and before it dries, wash the
treated area by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1 (ISO
8501-4) or higher standard using fresh water.

Chlorinated or chlorine containing solvents or detergents must not be used on stainless steel.

Concrete
Concrete should be a minimum of 28 days old, applying any coating before this time will greatly increase the
chance of the coating de-bonding. The moisture content of the concrete should be checked prior to the
application of the coating and should not be greater than 5%. Concrete substrates should be mechanically
prepared to leave a clean, sound and dry base on which a coating system can be applied.
Clean – Free of oils, grease, dust, dirt, chemicals, loose coating, curing compounds, form release oils, sealers or
hardeners must be removed prior to coating.
Sound – Concrete that has unsound areas (voids, hollow spots, and friable surface) may have to be removed,
replaced or repaired with materials that are compatible with the selected coating system.
Dry – It is important to address dryness because most coatings require a dry surface for proper adhesion.
Moisture contained within the concrete that moves towards the surface through the pores of the concrete may
prevent adequate coating adhesion.
Dry abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6. Where the concrete has become contaminated with oils,
grease, or fuels, water emulsifiable degreasers-cleaners may be used to remove these contaminants. It is
important to only clean an area that can be fully washed down after degreasing before any of the cleaner can
dry on the surface.
Ultra high pressure water jetting can be used to remove laitance and reveal blowholes and imperfections.
Ensure concrete is dry before coating application.

Water cleaning

Water cleaning will remove laitance and reveal blow holes and imperfections. The concrete needs to dry before
coating application.

Date of issue: 3 October 2017 Page: 4/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Primer

Coated surfaces

Verification of existing coatings including primers

When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Over coating

To achieve best possible adhesion, over coating should be done either before the product is cured for service, or
after a careful surface cleaning.

When the coating is used as a holding primer, following surface preparation must be done:

Remove oil and grease using suitable detergent followed by fresh water washing. The water pressure should be
at least 12 Mpa (120 bar/1750 psi) in order to remove chalking and other impurities. It is recommended to
check the salt level on the surface before over coating in order to ensure compliance with given specification.

When over coated with solvent free epoxies dft should preferably be kept at 40 µm and the surface shall be
abraded using mechanical tools.

Shop primers

Shop primers are accepted as temporary protection of steel plates and profiles. Refer to the technical data sheet
for the generic types accepted. Certain standards require pre-approval of the shop primer as part of a complete
system. Contact your nearest Jotun office for specific system compatibility.
Before being overcoated the shop primer must be fully cured, clean, dust free, dry and undamaged. Inorganic
zinc shop primers must be free of zinc salts (white rust).
Corroded and damaged areas must be blast cleaned to minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1).

Application
Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application
Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Air temperature 10 - 60 °C
Substrate temperature 10 - 60 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 10 - 85 %

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet
• Do not apply the coating if the weather is clearly deteriorating or unfavourable for application or curing
• Do not apply the coating in high wind conditions

Product mixing

Date of issue: 3 October 2017 Page: 5/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Primer

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Penguard Primer Comp A 4 part(s)


Penguard Comp B 1 part(s)

Induction time and Pot life

Paint temperature 23 °C

Induction time 30 min


Pot life 8h

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the product is mixed.

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 17

Spray application

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 32:1


Pump output (litres/minute) : 0.9-1.5
Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 150 bar/2100 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 15-19
Filters (mesh) : 70

Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at the nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- extended hoses or hose bundles
- extended hose whip-end line
- small internal diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- incorrect or clogged filters

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 40 - 60 μm


Wet film thickness 80 - 120 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 12,8 - 8,5 m²/l

This product can be applied up to 50 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical
properties.

Date of issue: 3 October 2017 Page: 6/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Primer

Film thickness measurement


Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A). The measurements should be done as soon
as possible after application.
Fast drying paints may give incorrect (too low) readings resulting in excessive dry film thickness. For multi layer
physically drying (resoluble) coating systems the wet film thickness comb may give too high readings resulting
in too low dry film thickness of the intermediate and top coats.
Use a wet-to-dry film calculation table (available on the Jotun Web site) to calculate the required wet film
thickness per coat.

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring adjacent to and no further than 15 cm from the weld.

Ventilation

Sufficient ventilation is very important to ensure proper drying/curing of the film.

Stripe coating

The stripe coat sequence can be either of the following:


1. Surface preparation, stripe coat, full coat.
2. Surface preparation, full coat, stripe coat. This sequence can be used when a large substrate area has been
prepared and leaving the substrate exposed for a long time while doing stripe coating could lead to surface
deterioration.

It is important to pay special attention to edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners, scallops etc. and to apply a
stripe coat to these areas where the spray fan may not reach or deposit an even film.
When applying a stripe coat to bare metal use only a stiff, round stripe coating brush to ensure surface wetting
and filling of pits in the surface.

Stripe coating shall be of a different colour to the main primer coat and the topcoat colour and should be applied
in an even film thickness, avoiding excessive brush marks in order to avoid entrapped air. Care should be taken
to avoid excessive film thickness. Pay additional attention to pot life during application of stripe coats.
Jotun recommends a minimum of one stripe coat. However, in extremely aggressive exposure conditions there
may be good reason to specify two stripe coats.

Drying process

Do not attempt to speed up the curing process by blowing hot air on to the wet coating film as this may lead to
skin drying/curing, entrapped solvents and consequently solvent blistering and inferior corrosion protection.

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss.
Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Date of issue: 3 October 2017 Page: 7/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Primer

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 2h 1h 30 min


Walk-on-dry 14 h 6.5 h 3h
Dry to over coat, minimum 8h 4h 3h
Dried/cured for service 14 d 7d 3d

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The shortest time allowed before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water jetting to Wa 1 (ISO 8501-4) using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

The referred intervals relate specifically to over coating with Jotun Performance Coating products.

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing
Itself 3 mth 3 mth 2 mth
acrylic 7d 5d 1d
epoxy 3 mth 3 mth 2 mth
epoxy mastic 3 mth 3 mth 2 mth
epoxy Passive Fire Protection 21 d 21 d 14 d
polysiloxane 10 d 7d 5d
polyurethane 10 d 7d 5d

Date of issue: 3 October 2017 Page: 8/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Primer

Areas for immersed exposure


Average temperature during 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing
Itself 21 d 14 d 7d
epoxy 21 d 14 d 7d

For surface preparation reference is made to the recommendations for coated surfaces.

Other conditions that can affect drying / curing / over coating

Repair of coating system

Damages to the coating layers:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough cleaning/vacuuming. When the
surface is clean and dry the coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original
specification.
Always observe the maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating interval is exceeded the
surface should be carefully roughened in order to ensure good intercoat adhesion.

Damages exposing bare substrate:


Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by spot blasting, mechanical grinding, water and/or
solvent washing. Feather edges and roughen the overlap zone of surrounding intact coating. Apply the coating
system specified for repair.

Repair of damaged areas

Sags and runs can be caused by too high wet film thickness, too much thinner added or the spray gun used too
close to the surface.
Repair by using a paint brush to smooth the film when still wet.
Sand down to a rough, even surface and re-coat if the coating is cured.
Orange peel can be caused by poor flow/levelling properties of the paint, poor atomization of the paint, thinner
evaporating too fast or the spray gun held too close to the surface.
This can be rectified by abrading the surface and applying an additional coat after having adjusted the
application properties or the application technique.
Dry spray can be caused by poor atomization of the paint, spray gun held too far from the surface, high air
temperature, thinner evaporating too fast or coating applied in windy conditions. Sand down to a rough even
surface and re-coat.
Pinholes can be caused by entrapped solvents in the film or by incorrect application technique. Pinholes can be
repaired as per procedure for damages to the coating layer or to the substrate, ref. above.

Coating film continuity

When required by the specification, the coating shall be tested for film discontinuity according to ASTM D 5162,
test method A or B as appropriate for the actual dry film thickness.
All recorded defects shall be repaired by best practical means.

Quality assurance

Date of issue: 3 October 2017 Page: 9/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Primer

The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle
- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.

Colour variation
Some coatings used as the final coat may fade and chalk in time when exposed to sunlight and weathering
effects. Coatings designed for high temperature service can undergo colour changes without affecting
performance. Some slight colour variation can occur from batch to batch. When long term colour and gloss
retention is required, please seek advice from your local Jotun office for assistance in selection of the most
suitable top coat for the exposure conditions and durability requirements.

Reference to related documents


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Symbols and abbreviations


min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet
h = hours AG = Application Guide
d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet
°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity

Date of issue: 3 October 2017 Page: 10/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Penguard Primer

g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment


g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
IMO = International Maritime Organization

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 3 October 2017 Page: 11/11

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Technical Data Sheet

Approved 684;11420 1,2 684 zinc ethyl silicate ^(ValidationDate) 1

Resist 86

Product description
This is a two component moisture curing inorganic zinc ethyl silicate coating. It is a fast curing, very high zinc
dust containing product. It conforms to the compositional requirements of SSPC paint 20, level 1, ISO 12944-5
and AS/NZS 3750.15 1994. It provides excellent corrosion protection as a single coat or as part of a complete
coating system. It is heat resistant up to 540 °C (1004 °F). To be used as primer in a coating system and as
single coat system in atmospheric environments. Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel substrates only.
This product complies with ASTM D520 type II zinc dust.

Typical use
Protective:
Suitable for structural steel and piping to be exposed to highly corrosive environments, C5I or C5M (ISO
12944-2). Recommended for offshore environments, refineries, power plants, bridges, buildings, mining
equipment and general structural steel. Specially designed as a primer for coating systems where extended
durability is required.
Other

Approvals and certificates


Pre-qualification testing in accordance with NORSOK M-501, Rev. 5, System 1, suitable for exterior exposure in
offshore environment, below 120 °C.
Suitable for use in mating surfaces of High Strength Friction Grip Bolted Connections:
Complies with the requirements of Research Council on Structural Connections (RCSC) Class B, Appendix A (Slip
coefficient and resistance to tension creep).
Additional certificates and approvals may be available on request.

Colours
greenish grey, grey

Product data
Property Test/Standard Description

Solids by volume OCCA Monograph No. 4 67 ± 2 %


Gloss level (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 matt (0-35)
Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 14 °C
Density calculated 2.6 kg/l
VOC-US/Hong Kong US EPA method 24 (tested) 455 g/l
(CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (theoretical) 510 g/l
VOC-China GB/T 23985-2009 (tested) 431 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (tested) 499 g/l
(Max. thinning ratio included)

Date of issue: 14 July 2021 Page: 1/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Resist 86

The provided data is typical for factory produced products, subject to slight variation depending on colour.
All data is valid for mixed paint.
Gloss description: According to Jotun Performance Coatings' definition.

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 50 - 90 μm


Wet film thickness 75 - 135 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 13.4 - 7.4 m²/l

Surface preparation
To secure lasting adhesion to the subsequent product all surfaces shall be clean, dry and free from any
contamination.

Surface preparation summary table

Surface preparation

Substrate Minimum Recommended

Carbon steel Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) with a surface Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) with a surface
profile Fine to Medium G (ISO 8503-2) profile Fine to Medium G (ISO 8503-2)

Application
Application methods
The product can be applied by

Spray: Use air spray or airless spray.


Brush: Recommended for stripe coating and small areas. Care must be taken to achieve the
specified dry film thickness. In order to avoid settling of heavy zinc, continuous
mechanical stirring during application is recommended.

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Resist 86 Comp A 8 part(s)


Jotun Zinc 100 Comp B 2.6 part(s)

Component A is a liquid and Component B is dry zinc dust. Component A must be well shaken before use. Pour
the zinc dust slowly into the liquid during mechanical mixing. Stir until lump free and pass through a 60 mesh
sieve.

Date of issue: 14 July 2021 Page: 2/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Resist 86

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 4 / Jotun Thinner No. 25

Thinning max.: 5 %

Jotun Thinner No. 4: for fast evaporation


Jotun Thinner No. 25: for slow evaporation

Jotun Thinner No. 28 can be used as alternative to Jotun Thinner No. 4 for fast evaporation.

Thinning is not normally required. Consult the local representative for advice during application in extreme
conditions. Do not thin more than allowed by local environmental legislation.Note: Korean VOC regulation
"Korea Clean Air Conservation Act" and its corresponding thinning limit will prevail over recommended thinning
volumes.

Jotun Thinner No. 17 can be used as alternative cleaning solvent.

Guiding data for airless spray


Nozzle tip (inch/1000): 17-21
Pressure at nozzle (minimum): 100 bar/1400 psi

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 1h 30 min 15 min 13 min


Walk-on-dry 1.5 h 45 min 30 min 25 min
Dry to over coat, minimum 18 h 13 h 4h 1.5 h
Dried/cured for service 18 h 13 h 4h 1.5 h

For maximum overcoating intervals, refer to the Application Guide (AG) for this product.

The drying and curing times, as well as over coating intervals for inorganic zinc ethyl silicates are measured
under controlled temperatures, relative humidity (RH) 70 % during application and curing, and at average of the
DFT range for the product. Higher RH will increase the curing speed.

At application below 60% RH curing will be retarded. Jotun Zinc 100 LHA can be used to speed up curing. Refer
to the Application Guide (AG) for additional information.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Date of issue: 14 July 2021 Page: 3/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Resist 86

Induction time and Pot life


Paint temperature 23 °C

Pot life 8h

Heat resistance
Temperature
Continuous Peak
Dry, atmospheric 400 °C 540 °C

This product can withstand a peak temperature of 540 °C (1000 °F) for a longer period as well. A continuous
temperature above 400 °C (752 °F) will however affect the long term performance of an inorganic zinc silicate
coating.

Peak temperature duration max. 1 hour.


The temperatures listed relate to retention of protective properties. Aesthetic properties may suffer at these
temperatures.

Product compatibility
Depending on the actual exposure of the coating system, various primers and topcoats can be used in
combination with this product. Some examples are shown below. Contact Jotun for specific system
recommendation.
Subsequent coat: epoxy, silicone acrylic

Packaging (typical)
Volume Size of containers
(litres) (litres)

Resist 86 Comp A 8 10
Jotun Zinc 100 Comp B 2.6 20

The volume stated is for factory made colours. Note that local variants in pack size and filled volumes can vary
due to local regulations.

Storage
The product must be stored in accordance with national regulations. Keep the containers in a dry, cool, well
ventilated space and away from sources of heat and ignition. Containers must be kept tightly closed. Handle
with care.

Shelf life at 23 °C
Resist 86 Comp A 6 month(s)

Date of issue: 14 July 2021 Page: 4/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Resist 86

Jotun Zinc 100 Comp B 48 month(s)

In some markets commercial shelf life can be dictated shorter by local legislation. The above is minimum shelf
life, thereafter the paint quality is subject to re-inspection.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Colour variation
When applicable, products primarily meant for use as primers or antifoulings may have slight colour variations
from batch to batch. Such products and epoxy based products used as a finish coat may chalk when exposed to
sunlight and weathering.

Colour and gloss retention on topcoats/finish coats may vary depending on type of colour, exposure
environment such as temperature, UV intensity etc., application quality and generic type of paint. Contact your
local Jotun office for further information.

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 14 July 2021 Page: 5/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

Approved 684;11420 1,2 684 zinc ethyl silicate ^(ValidationDate) 1

Resist 86

Product description
This is a two component moisture curing inorganic zinc ethyl silicate coating. It is a fast curing, very high zinc
dust containing product. It conforms to the compositional requirements of SSPC paint 20, level 1, ISO 12944-5
and AS/NZS 3750.15 1994. It provides excellent corrosion protection as a single coat or as part of a complete
coating system. It is heat resistant up to 540 °C (1004 °F). To be used as primer in a coating system and as
single coat system in atmospheric environments. Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel substrates only.
This product complies with ASTM D520 type II zinc dust.

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist with efficient and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent.
Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh water.
Paint solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for painting due
to the risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat small localized
areas of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are turned and
replaced often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water.
When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Process sequence

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all welding, degreasing, removal of
sharp edges, weld spatter and treatment of welds is complete. It is important that all hot work is completed
before coating commences.

Soluble salts removal


Soluble salts have a negative impact on the coating systems performance, especially when immersed. Jotun's
general recommendations for maximum soluble salts (sampled and measured as per ISO 8502-6 and -9)
content on a surface are:
For areas exposed to (ISO 12944-2):
C1-C4: 200 mg/m²
C5M or C5I: 100 mg/m²
Norsok standard: 20 mg/m²

Date of issue: 2 December 2020 Page: 1/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Resist 86

Carbon steel
Initial rust grade

The steel shall preferably be Rust Grade A or B (ISO 8501-1). It is technically possible to apply the coating to
rust grades C and D, but it is practically challenging to ensure specified film thickness on such a rough surface,
hence risk of reduced lifetime of the coating system. When steel of Rust Grade C or D is coated, the frequency of
inspection and testing should be increased.

Metal finishing

For areas in corrosivity category C5 the requirement is conformance to grade P3 (ISO 8501-3) Table 1.
Defective welds shall be replaced and treated to an acceptable finish before painting. Temporary welds and
brackets shall be ground to a flat finish after removal from the parent metal.
Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all metal finishing and degreasing of
a specific area is complete. It is important that as much hot work as possible is completed before coating
commences.

Abrasive blast cleaning


Application of protective coating shall commence before degradation of the surface standard occurs.

Cleanliness

After pre-treatment is complete, the surface shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using
abrasive media suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile.

Surface profile

The surface shall have a sharp and angular surface profile 30-85 µm, grade Fine to Medium G (ISO 8503-2).
Measure the achieved profile with surface replication tape (Testex) (ISO 8503-5) or by surface roughness stylus
instrument (ISO 8503-4).

Dust contamination

At the completion of abrasive blasting the prepared surface shall be cleaned to remove residues of corrosion
products and abrasive media, and inspected for surface particulate contamination. Maximum contamination level
is rating 1 (ISO 8502-3) as per Figure 1. Dust size no greater than class 2.

Application
Environmental conditions
If the relative humidity is below 60 %, the application may still be done. Complete curing will however not take
place, or will be very slow.
To facilitate curing under such conditions
• the applied coating can be wetted with fresh water
• the surrounding atmosphere can be artificially humidified, for instance by spraying water on the floor
• curing speed can be increased by use of Jotun Zinc 100 LHA (Low Humidity Additive).

Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application


Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Air temperature 5 - 60 °C
Substrate temperature 5 - 50 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 60 - 85 %

Date of issue: 2 December 2020 Page: 2/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Resist 86

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet
• Do not apply the coating if the weather is clearly deteriorating or unfavourable for application or curing
• Do not apply the coating in high wind conditions

Product mixing

Product mixing ratio (by volume)

Resist 86 Comp A 8 part(s)


Jotun Zinc 100 Comp B 2.6 part(s)

Product mixing

Component A is a liquid and Component B is dry zinc dust. Component A must be well shaken before use. Pour
the zinc dust slowly into the liquid during mechanical mixing. Stir until lump free and pass through a 60 mesh
sieve.

At relative humidity (RH) below 60% Jotun Zinc 100 LHA additive can be used to increase curing
speed. Note the following guidelines.
The additive is in a 400ml bottle and should be used with the system of one bottle per set of Resist. The additive
should be added to the component A, prior to adding the zinc (component B). The component A should be
stirred carefully after adding the additive, and while the component B is being added to the coating.
If the RH is above 60%, the Jotun Zinc 100 LHA should not be used. The additive should not be added earlier
than 2 hours prior to adding the zinc (component B).

Induction time and Pot life

Paint temperature 23 °C

Pot life 8h

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the product is mixed.

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 4 / Jotun Thinner No. 25

Thinning max.: 5 %

Jotun Thinner No. 4: for fast evaporation


Jotun Thinner No. 25: for slow evaporation

Jotun Thinner No. 28 can be used as alternative to Jotun Thinner No. 4 for fast evaporation.

Note: Korean VOC regulation "Korea Clean Air Conservation Act" and its corresponding thinning limit will prevail
over recommended thinning volumes.

Jotun Thinner No. 17 can be used as alternative cleaning solvent.

Date of issue: 2 December 2020 Page: 3/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Resist 86

Application data

Spray application

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 42:1


Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 100 bar/1400 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 17-21
Nozzle output (litres/minute) : 1.3-1.9
Filters (mesh) : 50

Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at the nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- extended hoses or hose bundles
- extended hose whip-end line
- small internal diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- incorrect or clogged filters

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 50 - 90 μm


Wet film thickness 75 - 135 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 13.4 - 7.4 m²/l

This product can be applied up to 50 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical
properties.

There is a risk of mud-cracking if the thickness exceeds 120 µm.

Film thickness measurement


Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A). The measurements should be done as soon
as possible after application.
Fast drying paints may give incorrect (too low) readings resulting in excessive dry film thickness. For multi layer
physically drying (resoluble) coating systems the wet film thickness comb may give too high readings resulting
in too low dry film thickness of the intermediate and top coats.
Use a wet-to-dry film calculation table (available on the Jotun Web site) to calculate the required wet film
thickness per coat.

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring adjacent to and no further than 15 mm from the weld.

Application / Drying / Curing considerations

Date of issue: 2 December 2020 Page: 4/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Resist 86

The curing will be retarded at relative humidity (RH) below 60 %. The preferred method to accelerate curing is
by addition of Jotun Zinc 100 LHA (Low Humidity Additive) as described under Product mixing.

Alternative methods to accelerate curing at RH below 60 %:


• Wetting of the coated surface with fresh water. This can be initiated as soon as the surface is walk-on-dry.
Finer water mist ensures complete curing throughout the film.
• The relative humidity in the atmosphere surrounding the coated structure can be increased by using
commercial humidifiers. At RH above 70 % the drying times stated in the Technical Data Sheet apply.
• Addition of up to 2 % fresh water to Component A before mixing with Component B will contribute positively
to completion of the curing reaction. However, this approach should only be considered when the relative
humidity in the vicinity is below 40 % and after consulting Jotun's technical service representative.

Test of curing:
Before overcoating the applied coating must be visibly dry and tested for sufficient curing. Curing shall always
be tested for resistance to MEK, Methyl Ethyl Ketone (ASTM D 4752). The test result should as a minimum
equal Resistance Rating 4; "Burnished appearance in rubbed area; slight amount of zinc on cloth after 50
double rubs". The MEK test measures curing in the surface of the primer.

To ensure complete curing throughout the film additional Coin Test is recommended. The film is scraped harshly
with a coin. The coin shall produce a shiny mark without any loosened zinc.

Ventilation

Sufficient ventilation is very important to ensure proper drying/curing of the film. Zinc ethyl silicate based
coatings are different from other coatings in that they need humidity for the curing process. Hence while
needing ventilation the coating should also be exposed to humidity, this should occur as soon as the application
is completed.

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss.
Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 1h 30 min 15 min 13 min


Walk-on-dry 1.5 h 45 min 30 min 25 min
Dry to over coat, minimum 18 h 13 h 4h 1.5 h
Dried/cured for service 18 h 13 h 4h 1.5 h

The drying and curing times, as well as over coating intervals for inorganic zinc ethyl silicates are measured
under controlled temperatures, relative humidity (RH) 70 % during application and curing, and at average of the
DFT range for the product. Higher RH will increase the curing speed.

At application below 60% RH curing will be retarded. Jotun Zinc 100 LHA can be used to speed up curing. Refer
to the Application Guide (AG) for additional information.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Date of issue: 2 December 2020 Page: 5/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Resist 86

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Dried/cured for service: Minimum time before the coating can be permanently exposed to the intended
environment/medium.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water cleaning using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

epoxy extended extended extended extended


silicone acrylic extended extended extended extended

Other conditions that can affect drying / curing / over coating

Repair of coating system

An inorganic zinc coating with extensive scattered mechanical damages or mud cracking is very difficult to spot
repair and achieve a good overall results. Hence it is recommended to remove the coating by means of abrasive
blasting or hydrojetting and re-apply a new system.

Repair of damaged areas

A damaged inorganic zinc coating is relatively difficult to repair. Minor mechanical damages are adressed below.
For major damages (larger than 40 cm²) or scattered mechanical damages the optimum repair is vacuum
blasting of affected areas, followed by feathering of an overlapping zone. The coating should then be touched up
with the same product with a carefull overlapping of 2 cm on existing coating.
Alternatively, depending on the expectations of lifetime of the coating system and considering practical
possiblities for repair: Minor damages may be mechanically prepared to St 3 (ISO 8501-1) using rough discs
followed by touch up with a zinc epoxy primer (Barrier series).

Minor areas with mud cracking may be repaired by removing the cracked coating by use of a small hammer,
followed by sandpapering the overlapping zone to intact coating. Touch up with specified product.

Mist coat technique


Zinc silicate paints are porous and the porosity may vary depending on weather conditions during application,
on film thickness and on the application technique. When over coating, air from the pores will escape through
the new coat of paint and may cause blisters or pinholes (popping) in the coat just after application. To avoid
this a mist coat/full coat technique is recommended.
Firstly apply a thin, diluted (30-40 %) coat to fill the pores in the zinc silicate film. Allow flash-off for 30-45
minutes, and then apply a full coat as per specified thickness. In difficult cases it may be necessary to thin even
the next coat, or use Penguard Tiecoat 100 as a sealer coat before applying subsequent coats.

Date of issue: 2 December 2020 Page: 6/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Resist 86

Quality assurance
The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle
- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.

Colour variation
Some coatings used as the final coat may fade and chalk in time when exposed to sunlight and weathering
effects. Coatings designed for high temperature service can undergo colour changes without affecting
performance. Some slight colour variation can occur from batch to batch. When long term colour and gloss
retention is required, please seek advice from your local Jotun office for assistance in selection of the most
suitable top coat for the exposure conditions and durability requirements.

Reference to related documents


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Symbols and abbreviations


min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet

Date of issue: 2 December 2020 Page: 7/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Resist 86

h = hours AG = Application Guide


d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet
°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity
g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment
g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
IMO = International Maritime Organization
ASFP = Association for Specialist Fire Protection

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 2 December 2020 Page: 8/8

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Technical Data Sheet

Approved 23660 1,2 23660 silicone acrylic ^(ValidationDate) 1

Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

Product description
This is a one component physically drying silicone acrylic coating. It is an aluminium pigmented product. It is
heat resistant up to 260 °C. Can be used as primer, mid coat or finish coat in atmospheric environments.
Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel, galvanised steel, stainless steel and aluminium substrates.

Typical use
Protective:
Designed as a heat resistant coating. Suitable for insulated and non insulated surfaces. Recommended as finish
coat for insulated surfaces, in systems with suitable primers.
Other

Other variants available


Solvalitt Midtherm
Refer to separate TDS for each variant.

Colours
aluminium

Product data
Property Test/Standard Description

Solids by volume ISO 3233 34 ± 2 %


Gloss level (GU 60 °) ISO 2813 matt (0-35)
Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 27 °C
Density calculated 1 kg/l
VOC-US/Hong Kong US EPA method 24 (tested) 580 g/l
(CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)
VOC-EU IED (2010/75/EU) (theoretical) 578 g/l
VOC-China GB/T 23985-2009 (tested) 567 g/l
VOC-Korea Korea Clean Air Conservation Act (tested) 568 g/l
(Max. thinning ratio included)

The provided data is typical for factory produced products, subject to slight variation depending on colour.
Gloss description: According to Jotun Performance Coatings' definition.

Date of issue: 16 July 2021 Page: 1/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 20 - 40 μm


Wet film thickness 60 - 120 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 17 - 8.5 m²/l

Surface preparation
To secure lasting adhesion to the subsequent product all surfaces shall be clean, dry and free from any
contamination.

Surface preparation summary table

Surface preparation

Substrate Minimum Recommended

Carbon steel Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1)


Stainless steel The surface shall be sweep blast- The surface shall be sweep blast-
cleaned with the nozzle angle at cleaned with the nozzle angle at
45-60° from perpendicular at reduced 45-60° from perpendicular at reduced
nozzle pressure to create a sharp and nozzle pressure to create a sharp and
angular surface profile using approved angular surface profile using approved
nonmetallic abrasive media. nonmetallic abrasive media.
Aluminium The surface shall be hand or machine Dry abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC-
abraded with non-metallic abrasives SP 13/NACE No. 6.
or bonded fibre machine or hand
abrasive pads to impart a scratch
pattern to the surface.
Galvanised steel The surface shall be clean, dry and Sweep blast-cleaning using non-
appear with a rough and dull profile. metallic abrasive leaving a clean,
rough and even pattern.
Coated surfaces Clean, dry and undamaged compatible Clean, dry and undamaged compatible
coating coating

Application
Application methods
The product can be applied by

Spray: Use air spray or airless spray.


Brush: Recommended for stripe coating and small areas. Care must be taken to achieve the
specified dry film thickness.

Date of issue: 16 July 2021 Page: 2/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

Product mixing

Single pack

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 7 / Jotun Thinner No. 10

Guiding data for airless spray


Nozzle tip (inch/1000): 15-17

Pressure at nozzle (minimum): 100 bar/1450 psi

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 45 min 30 min 15 min 10 min


Walk-on-dry 4h 3h 2h 1h
Dry to over coat, minimum 6h 3h 2h 1h

For maximum overcoating intervals, refer to the Application Guide (AG) for this product.

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Freshly applied Solvalitt film may have slightly reduced mechanical properties. This effect can however be
overcome by heating the paint system to 200 °C for approx. 1 hour.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Heat resistance
Temperature
Continuous Peak

Dry, atmospheric 260 °C -

Date of issue: 16 July 2021 Page: 3/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

Product compatibility
Depending on the actual exposure of the coating system, various primers and topcoats can be used in
combination with this product. Some examples are shown below. Contact Jotun for specific system
recommendation.

Previous coat: epoxy, zinc silicate, silicone acrylic


Subsequent coat: silicone acrylic

Packaging (typical)
Volume Size of containers
(litres) (litres)

Solvalitt Midtherm Alu 5 5

The volume stated is for factory made colours. Note that local variants in pack size and filled volumes can vary
due to local regulations.

Storage
The product must be stored in accordance with national regulations. Keep the containers in a dry, cool, well
ventilated space and away from sources of heat and ignition. Containers must be kept tightly closed. Handle
with care.

Shelf life at 23 °C
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu 24 month(s)

In some markets commercial shelf life can be dictated shorter by local legislation. The above is minimum shelf
life, thereafter the paint quality is subject to re-inspection.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Colour variation

Date of issue: 16 July 2021 Page: 4/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

When applicable, products primarily meant for use as primers or antifoulings may have slight colour variations
from batch to batch. Such products and epoxy based products used as a finish coat may chalk when exposed to
sunlight and weathering.

Colour and gloss retention on topcoats/finish coats may vary depending on type of colour, exposure
environment such as temperature, UV intensity etc., application quality and generic type of paint. Contact your
local Jotun office for further information.

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 16 July 2021 Page: 5/5

This Technical Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued.


The Technical Data Sheet (TDS) is recommended to be read in conjunction with the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and the
Application Guide (AG) for this product. For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com
Technical Data Sheet
Application Guide

Approved 23660 1,2 23660 silicone acrylic ^(ValidationDate) 1

Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

Product description
This is a one component physically drying silicone acrylic coating. It is an aluminium pigmented product. It is
heat resistant up to 260 °C. Can be used as primer, mid coat or finish coat in atmospheric environments.
Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel, galvanised steel, stainless steel and aluminium substrates.

Scope
The Application Guide offers product details and recommended practices for the use of the product.

The data and information provided are not definite requirements. They are guidelines to assist with efficient and
safe use, and optimum service of the product. Adherence to the guidelines does not relieve the applicator of
responsibility for ensuring that the work meets specification requirements.
Jotuns liability is in accordance with general product liability rules.
The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

Referred standards
Reference is generally made to ISO Standards. When using standards from other regions it is recommended to
reference only one corresponding standard for the substrate being treated.

Surface preparation
The required quality of surface preparation can vary depending on the area of use, expected durability and if
applicable, project specification.

When preparing new surfaces, maintaining already coated surfaces or aged coatings it is necessary to remove all
contamination that can interfere with coating adhesion, and prepare a sound substrate for the subsequent
product.
Inspect the surface for hydrocarbon and other contamination and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent.
Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area using fresh water.
Paint solvents (thinners) shall not be used for general degreasing or preparation of the surface for painting due
to the risk of spreading dissolved hydrocarbon contamination. Paint thinners can be used to treat small localized
areas of contamination such as marks from marker pens. Use clean, white cotton cloths that are turned and
replaced often. Do not bundle used solvent saturated cloths. Place used cloths into water.

Process sequence

Surface preparation and coating should normally be commenced only after all welding, degreasing, removal of
sharp edges, weld spatter and treatment of welds is complete. It is important that all hot work is completed
before coating commences.

Soluble salts removal


Soluble salts have a negative impact on the coating systems performance, especially when immersed. Jotun's
general recommendations for maximum soluble salts (sampled and measured as per ISO 8502-6 and -9)
content on a surface are: For areas exposed to (ISO 12944-2): C1-C4: 200 mg/m² C5M or C5I: 100 mg/m²

Carbon steel
Initial rust grade

The steel shall be Rust Grade A or B (ISO 8501-1). For steel with Rust Grades C or D, contact your nearest
Jotun office for advice.

Date of issue: 21 July 2021 Page: 1/9

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

Initial inspection and pretreatment

Inspect the surface for contaminations and if present, remove with an alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to
activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to Wa 1
(ISO 8501-4) using fresh water.
Non-contaminated areas shall be washed down by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to Wa 1 (ISO 8501-4)
using fresh water to reduce the concentration of surface chlorides.

Metal finishing

For areas in corrosivity category C1 to C4 (ISO 12944-2) all irregularities, burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on
welds, sharp edges and corners shall conform to minimum grade P2 (ISO 8501-3) Table 1, or as specified.
For areas in corrosivity category C5, Im1-3 the requirement are for the steel to conform to grade P2 (ISO
8501-3) Table 1. All edges shall have a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm subjected to three pass grinding or
equally effective method. One may use a mechanical grinder fitted with a suitable abrasive disc. All sharp
irregularities, burrs, slivers, slag and spatter on welds, whether apparent before or after blast cleaning, shall be
removed before coating application. It is recommended that welding smoke should be removed by low-pressure
Water Cleaning LP WC method (ISO 8501-4) Wa 1 using fresh water. Welding smoke residues are water soluble
and could cause blistering if not removed by washing before blasting.
Defective welds shall be replaced and treated to an acceptable finish before painting. Temporary welds and
brackets shall be ground to a flat finish after removal from the parent metal.

Pitting repair

Pittings in steel can be difficult to cover fully with most coatings. In some areas it is practically feasible to use
filler to fill pittings. This should then be done either after the initial surface preparation or after application of
first coat.

Abrasive blast cleaning

Cleanliness

After pre-treatment is complete, the surface shall be dry abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1) using
abrasive media suitable to achieve a sharp and angular surface profile.

Surface profile

Recommended surface profile 30-60 µm, grade Fine G (ISO 8503-2).

Abrasive media quality

The selected abrasive must be compatible with both the surface to be blast cleaned and the specified coating
system. The abrasive shall meet specifications as per relevant parts of ISO 11124 (Specification for metallic
blast-cleaning abrasives), or ISO 11126 (Specification for non-metallic blast-cleaning abrasives). It should be
sampled and tested as per relevant parts of ISO 11125 (metallic abrasives) or ISO 11127 (non-metallic
abrasives). Dry storage of abrasive and shelter for blasting pots is necessary to prevent equipment becoming
clogged with damp abrasive.

All abrasive blast media used should be new and not recirculated, with the exception of steel grit. If this is
utilized the circulation process must include a cleaning process.

Compressed air quality

The supply of clean air to blasting pots must be secured to avoid contamination of abrasive and thereby of blast
cleaned surfaces. Compressors must be fitted with sufficient traps for oil and water. It is also recommended to fit
two water separators at the blasting machine to ensure a supply of moisture-free air to the abrasive chamber.

Dust contamination

At the completion of abrasive blasting the prepared surface shall be cleaned to remove residues of corrosion
products and abrasive media, and inspected for surface particulate contamination. Maximum contamination level
is rating 2 (ISO 8502-3). Dust size no greater than class 2.

Galvanised steel

Abrasive blast cleaning

Date of issue: 21 July 2021 Page: 2/9

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

After removal of excess zinc and surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased to ISO 12944-4, Part
6.2.4 Alkaline Cleaning. The galvanised surface shall be sweep blast-cleaned with the nozzle angle at 45-60°
from perpendicular at reduced nozzle pressure to create a sharp and angular surface profile using approved non-
metallic abrasive media. As a guide, a surface profile 25-55 µm, grade Fine G; Ry5 (ISO 8503-2) should be
achieved.
Care must be exercised when sweep blasting. The zinc coating thickness should be reduced as little as possible,
preferably not more than 10 µm.
Smaller areas can be lightly treated with abrasive paper.
Finished surfaces shall be dull, profiled and show no areas of shiny metal.
Do not handle the prepared surface with bare hands.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

After removal of excess zinc and surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased with an alkaline
detergent, washed by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1
(ISO 8501-4) or higher standard and the surface abraded using mechanical or hand sanding methods using non-
metallic abrasives or bonded fibre abrasive pads to remove all polish and to impart a scratch pattern to the
surface. Do not use high speed rotational sanders.

Water jetting

Inspect the surface for process residues, hydrocarbon contamination and corrosion by products. If present,
remove with an alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the detergent and before it dries, wash the
treated area by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1 (ISO
8501-4) or higher standard using fresh water.

Aluminium
Abrasive blast cleaning

After removal of surface defects, the area to be coated shall be degreased according to ISO 12944-4, section
6.2.1 Water cleaning or 6.2.4 Alkaline Cleaning. The surface shall be sweep blast-cleaned with the nozzle angle
at 45-60° from perpendicular at reduced nozzle pressure to create a sharp and angular surface profile using
approved non-metallic abrasive media. As a guide, a surface profile 25-55 µm, grade Fine to Medium G; Ry5
(ISO 8503-2) should be achieved. Smaller areas can be lightly treated with abrasive paper.
Finished surfaces shall be dull, profiled and show no areas of shiny metal.
Do not handle the prepared surface with bare hands.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

After removal of surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased to ISO 12944-4, Part 6.2.4 Alkaline
Cleaning, and the surface abraded using mechanical or hand sanding methods using non-metallic abrasives or
bonded fibre abrasive pads to remove all polish and to impart a scratch pattern to the surface. Do not use high
speed rotational sanders.

Water jetting

Inspect the surface for process residues, hydrocarbon contamination and corrosion by products. If present,
remove with an alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the detergent and before it dries, wash the
treated area by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1 (ISO
8501-4) or higher standard using fresh water.

Stainless steel

Abrasive blast cleaning

After removal of surface defects, the area to be coated shall be degreased according to ISO 12944-4, section
6.2.1 Water cleaning or 6.2.4 Alkaline Cleaning. The surface shall be sweep blast-cleaned with the nozzle angle
at 45-60° from perpendicular at reduced nozzle pressure to create a sharp and angular surface profile using
approved non-metallic abrasive media. As a guide, a surface profile 25-55 µm, grade Fine to Medium G; Ry5
(ISO 8503-2) should be achieved. Smaller areas can be lightly treated with abrasive paper.
Finished surfaces shall be dull, profiled and show no areas of shiny metal. Do not handle the prepared surface
with bare hands.

Hand and Power Tool Cleaning

Date of issue: 21 July 2021 Page: 3/9

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

After removal of surface defects the area to be coated shall be degreased to ISO 12944-4, Part 6.2.4 Alkaline
Cleaning, and the surface abraded using mechanical or hand sanding methods using non-metallic abrasives or
bonded fibre abrasive pads to remove all polish and to impart a scratch pattern to the surface. Do not use high
speed rotational sanders.

Water jetting

Inspect the surface for process residues, hydrocarbon contamination and corrosion by products. If present,
remove with an alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the detergent and before it dries, wash the
treated area by Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LPWC) to a grade corresponding to the description of Wa 1 (ISO
8501-4) or higher standard using fresh water.

Chlorinated or chlorine containing solvents or detergents must not be used on stainless steel.

Coated surfaces

Verification of existing coatings including primers

When the surface is an existing coating, verify with technical data sheet and application guide of the involved
products, both over coatability and the given maximum over coating interval.

Over coating

When applied on coatings past maximum intercoating interval light abrading may be required to achieve proper
intercoat adhesion.

Shop primers

Shop primers are accepted as temporary protection of steel plates and profiles. Refer to the technical data sheet
for the generic types accepted. Certain standards require pre-approval of the shop primer as part of a complete
system. Contact your nearest Jotun office for specific system compatibility. Before being overcoated the shop
primer must be fully cured, clean, dust free, dry and undamaged. Inorganic zinc shop primers must be free of
zinc salts (white rust).
Corroded and damaged areas must be blast cleaned to minimum Sa 2½ (ISO 8501-1).

Application
Acceptable environmental conditions - before and during application
Before application, test the atmospheric conditions in the vicinity of the substrate for the dew formation
according to ISO 8502-4.

Air temperature 5 - 60 °C
Substrate temperature 5 - 50 °C
Relative Humidity (RH) 10 - 85 %

The following restrictions must be observed:

• Only apply the coating when the substrate temperature is at least 3 °C (5 °F) above the dew point
• Do not apply the coating if the substrate is wet or likely to become wet
• Do not apply the coating if the weather is clearly deteriorating or unfavourable for application or curing
• Do not apply the coating in high wind conditions

Product mixing

Date of issue: 21 July 2021 Page: 4/9

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

Product mixing

Single pack

Induction time and Pot life

The temperature of base and curing agent is recommended to be 18 °C or higher when the product is mixed.

Thinner/Cleaning solvent
Thinner: Jotun Thinner No. 7 / Jotun Thinner No. 10

Application data

Spray application

Airless Spray Equipment

Pump ratio (minimum) : 32:1


Pressure at nozzle (minimum) : 100 bar/1450 psi
Nozzle tip (inch/1000) : 15-17
Nozzle output (litres/minute) : 0.8-1.0
Filters (mesh) : 70

Several factors influence, and need to be observed to maintain the recommended pressure at the nozzle. Among
factors causing pressure drop are:
- extended hoses or hose bundles
- extended hose whip-end line
- small internal diameter hoses
- high paint viscosity
- large spray nozzle size
- inadequate air capacity from compressor
- incorrect or clogged filters

Film thickness per coat


Typical recommended specification range

Dry film thickness 20 - 40 μm


Wet film thickness 60 - 120 μm
Theoretical spreading rate 17 - 8.5 m²/l

Can be applied up to 25 % higher than maximum specified film thickness without loss of technical properties.

Date of issue: 21 July 2021 Page: 5/9

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

Film thickness measurement


Wet film thickness (WFT) measurement and calculation

To ensure correct film thickness, it is recommended to measure the wet film thickness continuously during
application using a painter's wet film comb (ISO 2808 Method 1A). The measurements should be done as soon
as possible after application.
Fast drying paints may give incorrect (too low) readings resulting in excessive dry film thickness. For multi layer
physically drying (resoluble) coating systems the wet film thickness comb may give too high readings resulting
in too low dry film thickness of the intermediate and top coats.
Use a wet-to-dry film calculation table (available on the Jotun Web site) to calculate the required wet film
thickness per coat.

Dry film thickness (DFT) measurement

When the coating has cured to hard dry state the dry film thickness can be checked to SSPC PA 2 or equivalent
standard using statistical sampling to verify the actual dry film thickness. Measurement and control of the WFT
and DFT on welds is done by measuring adjacent to and no further than 15 mm from the weld.

Ventilation

Sufficient ventilation is very important to ensure proper drying/curing of the film.

Coating loss

The consumption of paint should be controlled carefully, with thorough planning and a practical approach to
reducing loss. Application of liquid coatings will result in some material loss. Understanding the ways that
coating can be lost during the application process, and making appropriate changes, can help reducing material
loss.
Some of the factors that can influence the loss of coating material are:
- type of spray gun/unit used
- air pressure used for airless pump or for atomization
- orifice size of the spray tip or nozzle
- fan width of the spray tip or nozzle
- the amount of thinner added
- the distance between spray gun and substrate
- the profile or surface roughness of the substrate. Higher profiles will lead to a higher "dead volume"
- the shape of the substrate target
- environmental conditions such as wind and air temperature

Drying and Curing time


Substrate temperature 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C

Surface (touch) dry 45 min 30 min 15 min 10 min


Walk-on-dry 4h 3h 2h 1h
Dry to over coat, minimum 6h 3h 2h 1h

Drying and curing times are determined under controlled temperatures and relative humidity below 85 %, and
at average of the DFT range for the product.

Freshly applied Solvalitt film may have slightly reduced mechanical properties. This effect can however be
overcome by heating the paint system to 200 °C for approx. 1 hour.
The hardening process can be accelerated by heating the paint system to 200 °C for approx. 1 hour.

Surface (touch) dry: The state of drying when slight pressure with a finger does not leave an imprint or reveal
tackiness.

Walk-on-dry: Minimum time before the coating can tolerate normal foot traffic without permanent marks,
imprints or other physical damage.

Date of issue: 21 July 2021 Page: 6/9

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

Dry to over coat, minimum: The recommended shortest time before the next coat can be applied.

Maximum over coating intervals


Maximum time before thorough surface preparation is required. The surface must be clean and dry and suitable
for over coating. Inspect the surface for chalking and other contamination and if present, remove with an
alkaline detergent. Agitate the surface to activate the cleaner and before it dries, wash the treated area by low-
pressure water cleaning using fresh water.

If maximum over coating interval is exceeded the surface should in addition be carefully roughened to ensure
good inter coat adhesion.

Areas for atmospheric exposure


Average temperature during 5 °C 10 °C 23 °C 40 °C
drying/curing

Itself extended extended extended extended


silicone acrylic extended extended extended extended

Other conditions that can affect drying / curing / over coating

Repair of coating system

Damages to the coating layers:


Prepare the area through sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough cleaning/vacuuming. When the
surface is clean and dry the coating may be over coated by itself or by another product, ref. original
specification.
Always observe the maximum over coating intervals. If the maximum over coating interval is exceeded the
surface should be carefully roughened in order to ensure good intercoat adhesion.

Damages exposing bare substrate:


Remove all rust, loose paint, grease or other contaminants by spot blasting, mechanical grinding, water and/or
solvent washing. Feather edges and roughen the overlap zone of surrounding intact coating. Apply the coating
system specified for repair.

Repair of damaged areas

Sags and runs can be caused by too high wet film thickness, too much thinner added or the spray gun used too
close to the surface.
Repair by using a paint brush to smooth the film when still wet. Sand down to a rough, even surface and re-
coat if dry.
Orange peel can be caused by poor flow/levelling properties of the paint, poor atomization of the paint, thinner
evaporating too fast or the spray gun held too close to the surface.
This can be rectified by abrading the surface and applying an additional coat after having adjusted the
application properties or the application technique.
Dry spray can be caused by poor atomization of the paint, spray gun held too far from the surface, high air
temperature, thinner evaporating too fast or coating applied in windy conditions.
Physically drying paints can be solvent wiped and another coat applied. If area is too large to practically solvent
wipe, consider sandpapering or grinding, followed by thorough washing. When the surface is dry the coating
may be over coated by itself.
Pinholes can be caused by entrapped solvents in the film or by incorrect application technique. Pinholes can be
repaired as per procedure for damages to the coating layer or to the substrate, ref. above.

Coating film continuity

Date of issue: 21 July 2021 Page: 7/9

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

When required by the specification, the coating shall be tested for film discontinuity according to ASTM D 5162,
test method A or B as appropriate for the actual dry film thickness.
All recorded defects shall be repaired by best practical means.

Quality assurance
The following information is the minimum required. The specification may have additional requirements.

- Confirm that all welding and other metal work has been completed before commencing pre-treatment and
surface preparation
- Confirm that installed ventilation is balanced and has the capacity to deliver and maintain the RAQ
- Confirm that the required surface preparation standard has been achieved and is held prior to coating
application
- Confirm that the climatic conditions are within recommendations in the AG, and are held during the application
- Confirm that the required number of stripe coats have been applied
- Confirm that each coat meets the DFT requirements in the specification
- Confirm that the coating has not been adversely affected by rain or other factors during curing
- Observe that adequate coverage has been achieved on corners, crevices, edges and surfaces where the spray
gun cannot be positioned so that its spray impinges on the surface at 90° angle
- Observe that the coating is free from defects, discontinuities, insects, abrasive media and other contamination
- Observe that the coating is free from misses, sags, runs, wrinkles, fat edges, mud cracking, blistering, obvious
pinholes, excessive dry spray, heavy brush marks and excessive film build
- Observe that the uniformity and colour are satisfactory

All noted defects shall be fully repaired to conform to the coating specification.

Caution
This product is for professional use only. The applicators and operators shall be trained, experienced and have
the capability and equipment to mix/stir and apply the coatings correctly and according to Jotun's technical
documentation. Applicators and operators shall use appropriate personal protection equipment when using this
product. This guideline is given based on the current knowledge of the product. Any suggested deviation to suit
the site conditions shall be forwarded to the responsible Jotun representative for approval before commencing
the work.
For further advice please contact your local Jotun office.

Health and safety


Please observe the precautionary notices displayed on the container. Use under well ventilated conditions. Do
not inhale spray mist. Avoid skin contact. Spillage on the skin should immediately be removed with suitable
cleanser, soap and water. Eyes should be well flushed with water and medical attention sought immediately.

Accuracy of information
Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of the TDS, SDS and if available, the AG for this
product. Always refer to and use the current (last issued) version of all International and Local Authority
Standards referred to in the TDS, AG & SDS for this product.

Colour variation
When applicable, products primarily meant for use as primers or antifoulings may have slight colour variations
from batch to batch. Such products and epoxy based products used as a finish coat may chalk when exposed to
sunlight and weathering.

Colour and gloss retention on topcoats/finish coats may vary depending on type of colour, exposure
environment such as temperature, UV intensity etc., application quality and generic type of paint. Contact your
local Jotun office for further information.

Reference to related documents


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet
(TDS) and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.

When applicable, refer to the separate application procedure for Jotun products that are approved to
classification societies such as PSPC, IMO etc.

Date of issue: 21 July 2021 Page: 8/9

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.
Application Guide
Solvalitt Midtherm Alu

Symbols and abbreviations


min = minutes TDS = Technical Data Sheet
h = hours AG = Application Guide
d = days SDS = Safety Data Sheet
°C = degree Celsius VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
° = unit of angle MCI = Jotun Multi Colour Industry (tinted colour)
µm = microns = micrometres RAQ = Required air quantity
g/l = grams per litre PPE = Personal Protective Equipment
g/kg = grams per kilogram EU = European Union
m²/l = square metres per litre UK = United Kingdom
mg/m² = milligrams per square metre EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
psi = unit of pressure, pounds/inch² ISO = International Standards Organisation
Bar = unit of pressure ASTM = American Society of Testing and Materials
RH = Relative humidity (% RH) AS/NZS = Australian/New Zealand Standards
UV = Ultraviolet NACE = National Association of Corrosion Engineers
DFT = dry film thickness SSPC = The Society for Protective Coatings
WFT = wet film thickness PSPC = Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
IMO = International Maritime Organization
ASFP = Association for Specialist Fire Protection

Disclaimer
The information in this document is given to the best of Jotun's knowledge, based on laboratory testing and
practical experience. Jotun's products are considered as semi-finished goods and as such, products are often
used under conditions beyond Jotun's control. Jotun cannot guarantee anything but the quality of the product
itself. Minor product variations may be implemented in order to comply with local requirements. Jotun reserves
the right to change the given data without further notice.

Users should always consult Jotun for specific guidance on the general suitability of this product for their needs
and specific application practices.

If there is any inconsistency between different language issues of this document, the English (United Kingdom)
version will prevail.

Date of issue: 21 July 2021 Page: 9/9

This Application Guide supersedes those previously issued.


The Application Guide (AG) must be read in conjunction with the relevant specification, Technical Data Sheet (TDS) and Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) for all the products used as part of the coating system.
For your nearest local Jotun office, please visit our website at www.jotun.com.

You might also like